1 #LyX 1.5.4svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
25 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
26 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
27 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
28 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
29 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
30 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
31 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
32 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
34 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
36 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
37 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
39 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
41 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
42 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
44 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
45 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
46 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
49 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
51 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
52 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
53 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
56 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
57 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
59 % redefine the greyed out note
60 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
61 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
63 \options intoc,refpage,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
68 \font_typewriter default
69 \font_default_family default
83 \paperorientation portrait
94 \paragraph_separation indent
96 \quotes_language english
99 \paperpagestyle default
100 \tracking_changes false
101 \output_changes false
117 \begin_layout Standard
119 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
122 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
134 \begin_layout Standard
135 \begin_inset Note Note
138 \begin_layout Standard
139 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
146 \begin_layout Standard
147 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
155 \begin_layout Standard
156 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
163 \begin_layout Chapter
167 \begin_layout Section
171 \begin_layout Standard
172 LyX is a document preparation system.
173 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
174 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
175 It is unlike most other
176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
183 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
185 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
202 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
206 \begin_layout Standard
207 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
224 \begin_layout Standard
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
237 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
238 the format of all of the manuals.
239 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
240 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
257 \begin_layout Section
261 \begin_layout Standard
262 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
264 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
265 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
267 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
286 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
289 \begin_layout Standard
290 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
291 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
292 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
294 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
295 only a vertical scrollbar.
296 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
297 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
298 This, however, is due
299 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
300 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
301 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
302 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
304 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
305 this doesn't work for equations yet.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
310 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
312 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
313 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
318 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
319 ing sections of this documentation.
322 \begin_layout Section
326 \begin_layout Standard
327 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
332 of the manuals from inside LyX.
333 Just select the manual you want read from the
340 \begin_layout Section
342 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
343 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
350 \begin_layout Standard
351 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
352 without resorting to configuration files.
353 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
354 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
355 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
358 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
366 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
367 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
368 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
369 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
371 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
375 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
376 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
380 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
383 \begin_layout Section
385 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
386 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
393 \begin_layout Standard
394 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
395 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
403 \begin_layout Standard
415 that will be created when using the menu
417 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
422 \begin_layout Standard
433 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
434 \begin_inset Note Note
437 \begin_layout Standard
438 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
446 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
447 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
449 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
454 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
456 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
457 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
467 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
468 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
475 \begin_layout Chapter
479 \begin_layout Section
480 Basic File Operations
481 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
482 name "File Operations"
489 \begin_layout Standard
494 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
498 \begin_layout Itemize
504 \begin_layout Itemize
516 \begin_layout Itemize
522 \begin_layout Itemize
528 \begin_layout Itemize
534 \begin_layout Itemize
541 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_layout Itemize
556 \begin_layout Itemize
562 \begin_layout Itemize
568 \begin_layout Itemize
574 \begin_layout Itemize
580 \begin_layout Standard
581 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
582 a few minor differences.
585 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
594 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
595 you for a template to use.
596 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
597 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
598 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
599 (see section\InsetSpace ~
601 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
602 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
609 \begin_layout Standard
611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
634 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
635 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
638 \begin_layout Standard
650 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
654 \begin_layout Standard
655 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
674 will reload the document from disk.
675 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
676 and want to restore it to the last save.
682 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
683 can identify this as your changes.
686 \begin_layout Section
687 Basic Editing Features
688 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
694 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
695 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
702 \begin_layout Standard
703 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
704 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
705 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
706 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
708 We'll start with cut and paste.
711 \begin_layout Standard
712 As you might expect, the
716 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
717 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
721 \begin_layout Itemize
727 \begin_layout Itemize
733 \begin_layout Itemize
739 \begin_layout Itemize
746 \begin_layout Itemize
753 \begin_layout Itemize
761 \begin_layout Standard
762 The first three are self-explanatory.
763 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
764 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
773 keys also functions as the
778 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
779 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
784 to get back the lost text.
787 \begin_layout Standard
788 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
793 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
799 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
802 \begin_layout Standard
805 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
807 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
809 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
812 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
818 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
824 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
825 will start a new paragraph.
828 \begin_layout Standard
829 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
835 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
842 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
854 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
859 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
870 button to skip the current word.
876 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
882 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
884 If the toggle is set, searching for
885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
896 will not match the word
897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
911 Match whole words only
913 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
941 \begin_layout Standard
942 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
943 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
945 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
950 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
957 \begin_layout Section
959 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
965 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
971 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
972 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
979 \begin_layout Standard
980 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
981 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
984 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
987 to undo some mistake.
988 If you accidentally undo too much, use
990 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1001 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1006 \begin_layout Standard
1007 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1008 it was last saved, the
1009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1016 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1017 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1020 \begin_layout Standard
1029 work on almost everything in LyX.
1030 They have some quirks, too.
1039 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1040 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1048 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1049 surely appreciate how it works.
1052 \begin_layout Section
1054 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1055 name "Mouse Operations"
1062 \begin_layout Standard
1063 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1066 \begin_layout Enumerate
1071 \begin_layout Itemize
1076 once anywhere in the edit window.
1077 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1081 \begin_layout Enumerate
1086 \begin_layout Itemize
1092 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1095 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1098 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1101 \begin_layout Itemize
1102 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1104 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1111 \begin_layout Enumerate
1112 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1116 \begin_layout Standard
1121 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1122 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1123 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1127 \begin_layout Enumerate
1132 \begin_layout Standard
1137 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1142 \begin_layout Section
1144 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1145 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1150 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1158 \begin_layout Standard
1159 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1160 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1162 LyX's default is CUA.
1165 \begin_layout Standard
1192 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1196 \begin_layout Labeling
1197 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1201 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1203 description "Tabulator key"
1209 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1210 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1212 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1213 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1218 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1219 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1223 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1225 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1226 reference "sub:Lists"
1232 If you're still confused, look in the
1239 \begin_layout Labeling
1240 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1244 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1246 description "Escape key"
1253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1260 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1261 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1264 \begin_layout Labeling
1265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1276 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1277 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1281 \begin_layout Standard
1282 There are three modifier keys:
1285 \begin_layout Labeling
1286 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1304 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1306 description "Control key"
1310 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1311 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1315 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1327 \begin_layout Itemize
1336 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1348 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1352 \begin_layout Labeling
1353 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1371 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1373 description "Shift key"
1377 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1378 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1381 \begin_layout Labeling
1382 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1400 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1402 description "Meta or Alt key"
1406 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1407 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1408 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1414 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1416 menu accelerator keys
1419 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1420 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1424 \begin_layout Standard
1425 For example, the sequence
1426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1477 \begin_layout Standard
1478 There are also other things bound to the
1482 key, but you'll have to check in the
1494 \begin_layout Standard
1495 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1496 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1497 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1498 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1499 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1500 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1501 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1517 followed by a capital
1523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1541 \begin_layout Chapter
1543 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1551 \begin_layout Section
1553 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1554 name "Document ! Types"
1561 \begin_layout Subsection
1565 \begin_layout Standard
1566 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1567 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1568 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1569 numbering schemes, and so on.
1570 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1571 and format the title of your document differently.
1574 \begin_layout Standard
1579 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1580 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1581 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1582 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1583 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1586 \begin_layout Standard
1587 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1588 how to adjust their properties.
1591 \begin_layout Subsection
1593 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1594 name "Document ! Classes"
1599 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1600 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1611 \begin_layout Standard
1612 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1616 \begin_layout Description
1617 Article for basic articles
1620 \begin_layout Description
1621 Report for basic reports
1624 \begin_layout Description
1625 Book for writing a book
1628 \begin_layout Description
1629 Letter for US-style letters
1632 \begin_layout Standard
1633 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1635 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1636 can be found in chapter
1638 Special Document Classes
1647 \begin_layout Description
1648 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1651 \begin_layout Description
1658 \begin_layout Standard
1667 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1671 \begin_layout Description
1672 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1673 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1674 There are three article layouts available.
1675 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1676 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1677 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1678 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1683 sequential numbering
1684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1687 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1688 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1689 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1690 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1693 \begin_layout Description
1694 Beamer Layout for presentations
1697 \begin_layout Description
1698 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1699 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1703 \begin_layout Description
1704 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1705 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1708 \begin_layout Description
1709 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1712 \begin_layout Description
1715 Die TeXnische Komödie
1717 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1720 \begin_layout Description
1721 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1724 \begin_layout Description
1725 Foils Used to make transparencies
1728 \begin_layout Description
1729 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1732 \begin_layout Description
1733 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1734 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1738 \begin_layout Description
1739 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1740 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1743 \begin_layout Description
1744 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1747 \begin_layout Description
1748 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1751 \begin_layout Description
1752 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1753 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1756 \begin_layout Description
1757 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1760 \begin_layout Description
1765 LaTeX document class
1768 \begin_layout Description
1769 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1772 \begin_layout Description
1777 \begin_layout Standard
1784 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1785 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1787 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1790 \begin_layout Description
1791 Slides Used to make transparencies
1794 \begin_layout Description
1796 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1797 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1800 \begin_layout Description
1801 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1804 \begin_layout Description
1809 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1812 \begin_layout Standard
1813 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1815 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1820 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1821 of the document classes.
1824 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1828 \begin_layout Standard
1829 You can select a class using the
1831 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1833 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1834 name "Document ! Settings"
1841 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1845 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1849 \begin_layout Standard
1850 Each class has a default set of options.
1851 Here's a quick table describing them:
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1861 \begin_layout Standard
1863 \begin_inset Tabular
1864 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1869 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1870 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1871 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1875 \begin_layout Standard
1881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1884 \begin_layout Standard
1899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1902 \begin_layout Standard
1917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1920 \begin_layout Standard
1935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1938 \begin_layout Standard
1954 <row topline="true">
1955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1958 \begin_layout Standard
1972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1975 \begin_layout Standard
1990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1993 \begin_layout Standard
2008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2011 \begin_layout Standard
2026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2029 \begin_layout Standard
2045 <row topline="true">
2046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2049 \begin_layout Standard
2063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2066 \begin_layout Standard
2081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2084 \begin_layout Standard
2099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2102 \begin_layout Standard
2117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2120 \begin_layout Standard
2136 <row topline="true">
2137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2140 \begin_layout Standard
2154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2157 \begin_layout Standard
2172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2175 \begin_layout Standard
2190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2193 \begin_layout Standard
2208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2211 \begin_layout Standard
2227 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2231 \begin_layout Standard
2245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2248 \begin_layout Standard
2263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2266 \begin_layout Standard
2281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2284 \begin_layout Standard
2299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2302 \begin_layout Standard
2324 \begin_layout Standard
2325 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2331 \begin_layout Standard
2332 You're probably also wondering what
2333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2342 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2343 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2348 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2353 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2363 headings, there are also
2371 headings, and so on.
2372 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2374 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2375 reference "sub:Headings"
2382 \begin_layout Subsection
2384 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2385 name "Document ! Layout"
2390 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2391 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2398 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2399 name "Document ! Settings"
2406 \begin_layout Standard
2407 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2409 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2419 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2422 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2424 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2425 to use for your document.
2426 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2430 \begin_layout Standard
2440 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2441 You can choose between the following five options:
2444 \begin_layout Labeling
2445 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2450 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2453 \begin_layout Labeling
2454 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2459 No page numbers or headings.
2462 \begin_layout Labeling
2463 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2471 \begin_layout Labeling
2472 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2477 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2478 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2479 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2482 \begin_layout Labeling
2483 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2488 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2492 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2493 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2500 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2501 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2503 Check the documentation for the
2507 package for more details,
2508 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2516 \begin_layout Standard
2521 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2523 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2524 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2531 \begin_layout Subsection
2532 Paper Size and Orientation
2533 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2534 name "Document ! Paper size"
2539 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2540 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2547 \begin_layout Standard
2548 You'll find the following options in the menu
2553 of the dialog of the
2555 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2561 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2562 name "Document ! Settings"
2569 \begin_layout Labeling
2570 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2575 What size paper to print on.
2579 \begin_layout Itemize
2585 \begin_layout Itemize
2595 \begin_layout Itemize
2601 \begin_layout Itemize
2607 \begin_layout Itemize
2613 \begin_layout Itemize
2619 \begin_layout Itemize
2625 \begin_layout Labeling
2626 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2631 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2642 \begin_layout Labeling
2643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2646 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2649 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2650 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2653 \begin_layout Subsection
2655 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2656 name "Document ! Margins"
2661 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2667 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2675 \begin_layout Standard
2676 Paper margins are set in the menu
2678 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2684 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2685 name "Document ! Settings"
2692 \begin_layout Standard
2693 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2694 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2695 the paper format and the font size into account.
2698 \begin_layout Subsection
2702 \begin_layout Standard
2703 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2708 That includes the paragraph environments.
2709 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2710 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2711 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2712 paragraph environments to
2716 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2717 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2718 the conversion and why it failed.
2721 \begin_layout Section
2722 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2723 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2724 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2731 \begin_layout Subsection
2733 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2734 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2741 \begin_layout Standard
2742 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2743 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2746 \begin_layout Standard
2747 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2748 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2749 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2750 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2754 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2760 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2761 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2762 language than English.
2763 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2766 \begin_layout Standard
2767 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2768 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2770 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2771 LyX takes care of that.
2772 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2774 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2775 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2776 of a page, and so on.
2780 \begin_layout Standard
2781 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2786 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2787 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2791 of these pre-coded spacings.
2792 We'll explain more later.
2795 \begin_layout Subsection
2796 Paragraph Separation
2797 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2798 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2805 \begin_layout Standard
2806 To separate paragraphs, select
2821 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2823 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2824 name "Document ! Settings"
2830 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2831 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2832 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2835 \begin_layout Standard
2845 \begin_layout Standard
2846 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2848 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2849 reference "cap:Units"
2854 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2858 \begin_layout Subsection
2862 \begin_layout Standard
2863 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2866 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2867 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2870 dialog and toggle the
2875 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2876 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2877 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2881 \begin_layout Standard
2882 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2883 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2886 \begin_layout Subsection
2888 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2889 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2896 \begin_layout Standard
2899 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2901 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2902 name "Document ! Settings"
2908 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2917 \begin_layout Standard
2918 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2921 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2922 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2928 installed to use this feature.
2936 \begin_layout Section
2937 Paragraph Environments
2938 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2939 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2944 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2945 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2950 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2951 name "Paragraph environments|("
2958 \begin_layout Subsection
2962 \begin_layout Standard
2963 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2966 \begin_layout Standard
2986 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2987 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2988 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2997 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3000 \begin_layout Standard
3001 A paragraph environment is simply a
3002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3009 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3010 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3011 scheme, labels, and so on.
3012 Additionally, you can
3013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3020 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3021 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3022 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3023 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3024 days of typewriters.
3025 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3027 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3030 \begin_layout Standard
3031 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3033 LyX will change the environment of the
3037 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3038 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3039 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3043 \begin_layout Standard
3052 create a new paragraph using the
3056 paragraph environment.
3058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3065 because if you are in one of these environments:
3068 \begin_layout Itemize
3074 \begin_layout Itemize
3080 \begin_layout Itemize
3086 \begin_layout Itemize
3092 \begin_layout Itemize
3098 \begin_layout Itemize
3104 \begin_layout Itemize
3110 \begin_layout Standard
3111 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3115 , rather than resetting it to
3120 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3121 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3122 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3124 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3125 reference "sec:Nesting"
3130 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3135 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3136 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3144 \begin_layout Subsection
3148 \begin_layout Standard
3149 The default paragraph environment is
3154 It creates a plain paragraph.
3155 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3156 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3157 this manual) are in the
3164 \begin_layout Standard
3165 You can nest a paragraph using the
3169 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3177 \begin_layout Subsection
3179 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3180 name "Document !Title"
3187 \begin_layout Standard
3188 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3197 for thanks or contact information.
3198 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3199 page along with today's date.
3200 For other types of documents, the title
3201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3208 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3212 \begin_layout Standard
3213 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3227 Here's how you use them:
3230 \begin_layout Itemize
3231 Put the title of your document in the
3238 \begin_layout Itemize
3239 Put the author name in the
3246 \begin_layout Itemize
3247 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3248 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3254 Note that using this environment is optional.
3255 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3256 If you don't want any date, add the line
3266 to the preamble of your document (menu
3268 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3274 \begin_layout Standard
3275 You can use footnotes to insert
3276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3283 or contact informations.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3288 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3289 name "Section headings"
3294 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3302 \begin_layout Standard
3303 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3304 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3309 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3310 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3317 \begin_layout Standard
3318 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3322 \begin_layout Enumerate
3328 \begin_layout Enumerate
3334 \begin_layout Enumerate
3340 \begin_layout Enumerate
3346 \begin_layout Enumerate
3352 \begin_layout Enumerate
3358 \begin_layout Enumerate
3364 \begin_layout Standard
3365 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3366 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3367 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3370 \begin_layout Standard
3371 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3372 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3373 You group the book into chapters.
3374 LyX does similar grouping:
3377 \begin_layout Itemize
3382 is divided in either
3391 \begin_layout Itemize
3403 \begin_layout Itemize
3415 \begin_layout Itemize
3427 \begin_layout Itemize
3439 \begin_layout Itemize
3451 \begin_layout Standard
3452 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3455 \begin_layout Standard
3460 Not all document types use the
3464 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3469 is the top-level heading.
3477 \begin_layout Standard
3482 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3483 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3485 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3497 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3499 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3500 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3507 \begin_layout Standard
3508 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3512 \begin_layout Enumerate
3518 \begin_layout Enumerate
3524 \begin_layout Enumerate
3530 \begin_layout Enumerate
3536 \begin_layout Enumerate
3542 \begin_layout Standard
3544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3551 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3552 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3553 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3555 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3563 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3564 Changing the Numbering
3565 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3566 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3573 \begin_layout Standard
3574 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3575 in the Table of Contents.
3576 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3578 Certain classes start with
3592 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3602 This is something you can change.
3605 \begin_layout Standard
3608 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3614 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3615 name "Document ! Settings"
3623 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3627 you'll see two counters.
3632 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3634 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3638 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3639 Short Titles of Headings
3640 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3641 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3649 \begin_layout Standard
3656 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3657 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3664 \begin_layout Standard
3665 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3666 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3667 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3668 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3671 \begin_layout Standard
3672 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3673 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3674 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3675 To specify a short title, use the menu
3677 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3682 This will insert a box labeled
3683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3698 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3699 This also works for captions inside floats.
3702 \begin_layout Standard
3703 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3706 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3710 \begin_layout Standard
3711 The following information applies to all section headings:
3714 \begin_layout Itemize
3715 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3719 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3722 \begin_layout Itemize
3723 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3726 \begin_layout Itemize
3727 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3730 \begin_layout Subsection
3731 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3734 \begin_layout Standard
3735 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3749 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3750 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3751 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3752 the text they contain.
3753 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3761 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3764 \begin_layout Standard
3765 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3774 when you start a new paragraph.
3775 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3779 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3780 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3781 to change back to the
3785 environment yourself.
3788 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3798 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3804 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3812 \begin_layout Standard
3813 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3814 time for the differences.
3823 are identical except for one difference:
3827 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3836 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3839 \begin_layout Standard
3840 Here's an example of the
3853 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3855 See -- no indentation!
3859 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3860 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3861 the other paragraph.
3864 \begin_layout Standard
3865 Here's another example, this time in the
3872 \begin_layout Quotation
3878 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3879 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3880 the first line, then
3884 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3888 you were quoting other text.
3891 \begin_layout Quotation
3892 Here's a new paragraph.
3893 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3894 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3898 As the examples show,
3902 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3903 They should put quotes in the
3908 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3912 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3915 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3921 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3922 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3929 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3935 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3943 \begin_layout Standard
3948 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3955 Which I did not rehearse!
3959 It could be much worse.
3960 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
3962 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
3963 indented a bit more than the first.
3964 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
3971 And make things look fine
3980 \begin_layout Standard
3985 does not indent both margins.
3986 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
3987 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
3998 \begin_layout Subsection
4000 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4006 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4014 \begin_layout Standard
4015 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4025 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4034 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4035 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4036 some general features of all four of them.
4039 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4043 \begin_layout Standard
4044 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4046 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4055 reset the environment to
4059 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4060 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4061 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4066 to break paragraphs.
4069 \begin_layout Standard
4070 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4071 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4073 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4074 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4076 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4077 reference "sec:Nesting"
4085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4091 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4092 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4097 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4105 \begin_layout Standard
4106 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4110 paragraph environment.
4111 It has the following properties:
4114 \begin_layout Itemize
4115 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4119 \begin_layout Itemize
4120 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4123 \begin_layout Itemize
4124 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4128 \begin_layout Itemize
4129 The items can have any length.
4130 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4131 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4138 \begin_layout Itemize
4143 environment inside another
4147 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4151 \begin_layout Itemize
4152 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4155 \begin_layout Itemize
4156 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4159 \begin_layout Itemize
4160 See section\InsetSpace ~
4162 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4163 reference "sec:Nesting"
4167 for a full explanation of nesting.
4171 \begin_layout Standard
4172 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4181 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4184 \begin_layout Standard
4185 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4186 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4187 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4190 \begin_layout Itemize
4191 The label for the first level
4195 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4199 \begin_layout Itemize
4200 The label for the second level is a dash.
4204 \begin_layout Itemize
4205 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4209 \begin_layout Itemize
4210 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4214 \begin_layout Itemize
4215 Back out to the third level.
4219 \begin_layout Itemize
4220 Back to the second level.
4224 \begin_layout Itemize
4225 Back to the outermost level.
4228 \begin_layout Standard
4229 These are the default labels for an
4234 You can customize these labels in the
4236 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4239 dialog in the submenu
4246 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4247 name "Document ! Settings"
4254 \begin_layout Standard
4255 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4256 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4257 in section\InsetSpace ~
4259 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4260 reference "sec:Nesting"
4267 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4273 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4274 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4279 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4280 name "sec:Enumerate"
4287 \begin_layout Standard
4292 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4293 It has these properties:
4296 \begin_layout Enumerate
4297 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4301 \begin_layout Enumerate
4302 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4306 \begin_layout Enumerate
4307 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4310 \begin_layout Enumerate
4315 environment resets the counter to one.
4318 \begin_layout Enumerate
4331 \begin_layout Enumerate
4332 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4333 Items can have any length.
4336 \begin_layout Enumerate
4337 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4340 \begin_layout Enumerate
4341 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4344 \begin_layout Enumerate
4345 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4358 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4359 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4367 The first level of an
4371 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4375 \begin_layout Enumerate
4376 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4380 \begin_layout Enumerate
4381 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4385 \begin_layout Enumerate
4386 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4389 \begin_layout Enumerate
4390 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4395 \begin_layout Enumerate
4396 Back to the third level
4400 \begin_layout Enumerate
4401 Back to the second level.
4405 \begin_layout Enumerate
4406 Back to the outermost level.
4409 \begin_layout Standard
4410 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4415 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4420 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4424 \begin_layout Standard
4425 There is more to nesting
4429 environments than we've stated here.
4430 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4432 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4433 reference "sec:Nesting"
4437 to learn more about nesting.
4440 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4446 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4447 name "Lists ! Description"
4452 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4453 name "sec:Description-List"
4460 \begin_layout Standard
4461 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4465 list has no fixed label.
4466 Instead, LyX uses the first
4467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4474 of the first line as the label.
4478 \begin_layout Description
4479 Example: This is an example of the
4486 \begin_layout Standard
4487 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4491 \begin_layout Standard
4493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4500 it is meant that the first hit of the
4504 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4506 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4518 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4519 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4522 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4524 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4525 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4529 for more info.) Here is an example:
4532 \begin_layout Description
4534 Example: This one shows how to use a
4536 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4546 \begin_layout Description
4547 Usage: You should use the
4551 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4552 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4554 It's not a good idea to use a
4558 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4559 You're better off using
4571 paragraphs into them.
4574 \begin_layout Description
4575 Nesting: You can nest
4579 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4583 \begin_layout Standard
4584 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4585 them from the first line.
4588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4594 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4595 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4600 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4608 \begin_layout Standard
4613 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4617 \begin_layout Standard
4626 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4627 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4630 \begin_layout Labeling
4631 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4633 labels LyX uses the first
4634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4641 of each line as the item label.
4646 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4647 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4648 blank as described above.
4651 \begin_layout Labeling
4652 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4653 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4654 the body of the item text.
4655 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4656 label width plus a little extra space.
4660 \begin_layout Labeling
4661 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4663 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4665 If the label width is larger, the label
4666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4673 into the first line.
4674 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4675 margin of the rest of the item text.
4678 \begin_layout Labeling
4679 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4680 default\InsetSpace ~
4681 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4686 environment have the same left margin.
4688 To change the default width, select
4689 all items in the list.
4692 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4693 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4699 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4702 determines the default label width.
4703 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4712 multiple times instead.
4713 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4722 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4724 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4727 every time you alter a label in a
4733 The predefined default width is the length of
4734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4745 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4748 \begin_layout Standard
4753 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4754 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4762 \begin_layout Standard
4767 environment the same way like the
4771 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4777 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4781 \begin_layout Standard
4786 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4788 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4789 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4791 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4792 reference "sec:Nesting"
4796 to learn about nesting.
4799 \begin_layout Standard
4800 There is yet another feature of the
4804 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4806 You can use additional
4810 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4815 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4817 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4818 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4823 Here are some examples:
4826 \begin_layout Labeling
4827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4828 Left The default for
4835 \begin_layout Labeling
4836 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4843 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4846 \begin_layout Labeling
4847 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4856 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4859 \begin_layout Subsection
4861 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4869 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4882 \begin_layout Standard
4883 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4894 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4895 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4896 In contrast, you can use the
4905 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4906 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4910 \begin_layout Standard
4911 Of course, you're not limited to using
4926 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4927 some European academic papers.
4930 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4932 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4933 name "sec:Address-Usage"
4940 \begin_layout Standard
4945 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4946 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4952 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4953 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4954 Here's an example of each:
4957 \begin_layout Right Address
4964 When is it? What is today?
4967 \begin_layout Standard
4974 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
4975 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
4976 Here's an example of the
4983 \begin_layout Address
4986 Where do I send this
4988 Your post office and country
4991 \begin_layout Standard
4992 As you can see, both
5001 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5006 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5012 This makes sense, since
5020 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5021 Thus, you have to use
5031 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5032 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5040 menu) to start a new line in an
5052 \begin_layout Subsection
5056 \begin_layout Standard
5057 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5058 or list of references.
5059 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5066 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5074 \begin_layout Standard
5079 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5080 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5081 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5082 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5086 in anything else or vice versa.
5092 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5093 The book document classes ignores the
5097 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5101 in a letter document class.
5104 \begin_layout Standard
5109 environment does several things for you.
5110 First, it puts the centered label
5111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5119 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5121 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5122 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5123 the subsequent text.
5124 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5125 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5128 \begin_layout Standard
5129 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5133 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5134 The new paragraph will still be in the
5139 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5140 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5143 \begin_layout Standard
5144 \begin_inset Float figure
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5151 \begin_inset Graphics
5152 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5160 \begin_layout Standard
5161 \begin_inset Caption
5163 \begin_layout Standard
5164 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5165 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5186 \begin_layout Standard
5187 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5191 environment, but since this document is in the
5192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5199 class, we can't do this.
5200 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5202 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5203 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5208 If you've never heard of an
5209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5216 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5225 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5231 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5232 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5239 \begin_layout Standard
5244 environment is used to list references.
5245 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5246 only use it at the end of the document.
5251 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5254 \begin_layout Standard
5255 When you first open a
5259 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5275 depending on the document class.
5276 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5277 Each paragraph of the
5281 environment is a bibliography entry.
5286 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5287 Each new paragraph is still in the
5294 \begin_layout Standard
5295 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5296 in section\InsetSpace ~
5298 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5299 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5306 \begin_layout Subsection
5310 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5311 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5316 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5324 \begin_layout Standard
5329 environment is another LyX extension.
5330 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5335 key as a fixed whitespace;
5339 \begin_layout Standard
5350 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5353 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5358 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5359 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5377 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5378 So, when you finish using the
5382 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5383 Also, you can nest the
5387 environment inside of others.
5390 \begin_layout Standard
5391 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5394 \begin_layout Itemize
5399 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5411 \begin_layout Itemize
5424 \begin_layout Itemize
5429 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5445 \begin_layout Itemize
5446 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5447 You must put at least one
5451 in any line you want blank.
5452 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5455 \begin_layout Itemize
5456 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5460 since that will insert
5465 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5473 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5476 \begin_layout Standard
5480 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5484 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5488 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5492 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5496 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5497 printf("Hello World!
5502 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5506 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5510 \begin_layout Standard
5511 This is just the standard
5512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5523 \begin_layout Standard
5528 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5529 rc-files, and so on.
5530 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5531 as if you used a typewriter.
5532 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5533 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5540 \begin_layout Section
5541 Nesting Environments
5542 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5543 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5548 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5556 \begin_layout Subsection
5560 \begin_layout Standard
5561 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5563 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5565 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5567 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5579 \begin_layout Enumerate
5583 \begin_layout Enumerate
5588 \begin_layout Enumerate
5592 \begin_layout Enumerate
5597 \begin_layout Enumerate
5601 \begin_layout Standard
5602 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5603 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5605 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5611 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5619 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5620 will tell you how far you are nested).
5621 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5622 \begin_inset Graphics
5623 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5628 \begin_inset Graphics
5629 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5633 or the convenient key bindings
5641 to change the nesting level.
5642 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5643 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5647 \begin_layout Standard
5648 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5649 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5650 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5651 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5654 \begin_layout Standard
5655 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5656 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5658 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5661 \begin_layout Subsection
5662 What You Can and Can't Nest
5665 \begin_layout Standard
5666 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5667 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5670 \begin_layout Standard
5671 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5672 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5673 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5676 \begin_layout Itemize
5677 Completely unnestable
5680 \begin_layout Itemize
5681 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5682 other things inside of them.
5685 \begin_layout Itemize
5686 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5690 \begin_layout Standard
5691 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5692 environments have them:
5695 \begin_layout Description
5696 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5697 Can't nest into them.
5701 \begin_layout Itemize
5707 \begin_layout Itemize
5713 \begin_layout Itemize
5721 \begin_layout Itemize
5727 \begin_layout Itemize
5733 \begin_layout Itemize
5741 \begin_layout Itemize
5747 \begin_layout Itemize
5753 \begin_layout Itemize
5759 \begin_layout Itemize
5765 \begin_layout Itemize
5771 \begin_layout Itemize
5777 \begin_layout Itemize
5783 \begin_layout Itemize
5789 \begin_layout Itemize
5795 \begin_layout Itemize
5801 \begin_layout Itemize
5808 \begin_layout Description
5810 Nestable You can nest them.
5811 You can nest other things into them.
5815 \begin_layout Itemize
5821 \begin_layout Itemize
5827 \begin_layout Itemize
5833 \begin_layout Itemize
5839 \begin_layout Itemize
5845 \begin_layout Itemize
5851 \begin_layout Itemize
5857 \begin_layout Itemize
5864 \begin_layout Description
5865 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5866 You can't nest anything into them.
5870 \begin_layout Itemize
5876 \begin_layout Itemize
5883 \begin_layout Itemize
5890 \begin_layout Standard
5895 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5909 \begin_layout Subsection
5910 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5911 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5912 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5917 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5918 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5925 \begin_layout Standard
5926 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5927 affected by nesting anyhow.
5931 \begin_layout Itemize
5935 \begin_layout Itemize
5939 \begin_layout Itemize
5943 \begin_layout Standard
5945 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5948 \begin_layout Standard
5953 If you put a figure or a table in a
5957 , this is no longer true.
5962 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
5964 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5965 reference "sec:Floats"
5969 for more informations about
5976 \begin_layout Standard
5977 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
5978 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
5982 \begin_layout Standard
5983 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
5984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5991 of its own, it behaves just like a
5992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5999 paragraph environment.
6000 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6004 \begin_layout Standard
6005 Here's an example with a table:
6008 \begin_layout Enumerate
6013 \begin_layout Enumerate
6014 This is (a) and it's nested.
6018 \begin_layout Standard
6019 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6025 \begin_layout Standard
6027 \begin_inset Tabular
6028 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6030 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6032 <row topline="true">
6033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6036 \begin_layout Standard
6051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6054 \begin_layout Standard
6070 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6074 \begin_layout Standard
6089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6092 \begin_layout Standard
6115 \begin_layout Standard
6116 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6123 \begin_layout Enumerate
6125 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6129 \begin_layout Enumerate
6133 \begin_layout Standard
6134 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6137 \begin_layout Enumerate
6142 \begin_layout Enumerate
6143 This is (a) and it's nested.
6147 \begin_layout Standard
6148 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6154 \begin_layout Standard
6156 \begin_inset Tabular
6157 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6159 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6160 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6161 <row topline="true">
6162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6165 \begin_layout Standard
6180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6183 \begin_layout Standard
6199 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6203 \begin_layout Standard
6218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6221 \begin_layout Standard
6244 \begin_layout Standard
6245 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6251 \begin_layout Enumerate
6258 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6261 \begin_layout Enumerate
6265 \begin_layout Standard
6266 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6270 \begin_layout Standard
6271 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6273 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6276 \begin_layout Enumerate
6281 \begin_layout Enumerate
6282 This is (a) and it's nested.
6285 \begin_layout Standard
6286 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6292 \begin_layout Standard
6294 \begin_inset Tabular
6295 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6297 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6299 <row topline="true">
6300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6303 \begin_layout Standard
6318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6337 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6341 \begin_layout Standard
6356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6359 \begin_layout Standard
6382 \begin_layout Standard
6383 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6389 \begin_layout Enumerate
6391 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6399 \begin_layout Enumerate
6403 \begin_layout Standard
6404 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6410 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6411 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6415 \begin_layout Subsection
6416 Usage and General Features
6417 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6418 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6425 \begin_layout Standard
6426 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6435 is the innermost possible depth.
6436 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6439 \begin_layout Enumerate
6440 level #1 - outermost
6444 \begin_layout Enumerate
6449 \begin_layout Enumerate
6454 \begin_layout Enumerate
6459 \begin_layout Itemize
6464 \begin_layout Itemize
6473 \begin_layout Standard
6474 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6475 both of them in the example.
6476 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6486 For example, if we tried to nest another
6491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6501 \begin_layout Subsection
6503 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6504 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6511 \begin_layout Standard
6512 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6513 We have several examples of nested environments.
6514 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6518 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6519 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6522 \begin_layout Labeling
6523 \labelwidthstring MMM
6524 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6533 \begin_layout Labeling
6534 \labelwidthstring MMM
6535 #2-a This is level #2.
6536 We created it by using
6548 \begin_layout Labeling
6549 \labelwidthstring MMM
6550 #3-a This is level #3.
6551 This time, we just hit
6560 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6573 \begin_layout Standard
6578 environment, nested inside of
6579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6587 So, it's at level #4.
6588 We did this by hitting
6596 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6601 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6617 \begin_layout Standard
6622 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6629 \begin_layout Labeling
6630 \labelwidthstring MMM
6631 #4-a This is level #4.
6636 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6641 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6645 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6650 keep nesting things inside of
6651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6662 \begin_layout Labeling
6663 \labelwidthstring MMM
6664 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6669 \begin_layout Labeling
6670 \labelwidthstring MMM
6671 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6672 and this is level #6.
6673 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6677 \begin_layout Labeling
6678 \labelwidthstring MMM
6679 #5-b Back to level #5.
6692 \begin_layout Labeling
6693 \labelwidthstring MMM
6702 , we're back at level #4.
6706 \begin_layout Labeling
6707 \labelwidthstring MMM
6708 #3-b Back to level #3.
6709 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6713 \begin_layout Labeling
6714 \labelwidthstring MMM
6715 #2-b Back to level #2.
6720 \begin_layout Labeling
6721 \labelwidthstring MMM
6722 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6723 After this sentence, we'll hit
6727 and change the paragraph environment back to
6734 \begin_layout Standard
6735 We could have also used the
6751 environment in place of the
6756 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6759 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6760 Example 2: Inheritance
6763 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6764 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6767 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6777 , after which, we'll change to the
6785 \begin_layout Enumerate
6790 environment, at level #2.
6793 \begin_layout Enumerate
6794 Notice how the nested
6798 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6802 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6806 \begin_layout Standard
6807 We ended this example by hitting
6812 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6816 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6823 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6824 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6836 \begin_layout Standard
6837 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6845 \begin_layout Enumerate
6846 This is level #1, in an
6850 paragraph environment.
6851 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6855 \begin_layout Enumerate
6866 Now, what happens if we nest an
6870 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6871 label be? An asterisk?
6875 \begin_layout Itemize
6885 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6886 So, its label is a bullet.
6887 (We got here by using
6895 , then changing the environment to
6903 \begin_layout Itemize
6904 Here's level #4, produced using
6913 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6918 \begin_layout Enumerate
6919 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6921 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6926 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6930 , because we are in the
6954 \begin_layout Enumerate
6959 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
6960 type of numbering does LyX use?
6963 \begin_layout Enumerate
6964 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
6968 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
6971 \begin_layout Enumerate
6976 to decrease the depth after the next
6984 \begin_layout Enumerate
6986 Look what type of label LyX is using!
6990 \begin_layout Enumerate
6992 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
6993 numeral as the label.Why?
6996 \begin_layout Enumerate
6997 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7006 Notice, however, that LyX
7010 reset the counter for the label.
7014 \begin_layout Enumerate
7023 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7024 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7025 into the twofold-nested
7033 \begin_layout Enumerate
7034 The same thing happens if we do another
7042 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7045 \begin_layout Standard
7046 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7051 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7065 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7071 The same rule applies for the
7075 environment, as well.
7078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7079 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7082 \begin_layout Enumerate
7083 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7084 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7085 same detail with how we did it.
7094 \begin_layout Standard
7097 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7099 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7100 example in parentheses someplace.
7101 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7102 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7103 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7107 \begin_layout Enumerate
7112 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7117 Now we'll add verse.
7119 It will get much worse.
7123 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7129 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7131 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7143 \begin_layout Standard
7144 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7150 \begin_layout Standard
7152 \begin_inset Tabular
7153 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7156 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7161 \begin_layout Standard
7176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7179 \begin_layout Standard
7195 <row topline="true">
7196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7199 \begin_layout Standard
7214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7217 \begin_layout Standard
7244 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7248 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7254 \begin_layout Enumerate
7259 : level #1) This is another item.
7260 Note that selecting a
7264 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7265 3 times to put the table inside the
7273 \begin_layout Quotation
7274 We're now ending the
7278 list and changing to
7283 We're still at level #1.
7284 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7285 The next set of paragraphs is a
7286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7302 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7306 for the letter body.
7311 to preserve the depth.
7312 Remember that you need to use
7316 to create multiple lines inside the
7330 \begin_layout Right Address
7333 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7338 \begin_layout Address
7339 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7343 \begin_layout Quotation
7344 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7345 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7348 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7349 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7350 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7351 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7352 as soon as possible.
7353 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7356 \begin_layout Quotation
7357 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7358 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7359 with your order, along with payment.
7362 \begin_layout Quotation
7363 We thank you again for your patience.
7366 \begin_layout Address
7373 \begin_layout Quotation
7374 That ends that example!
7377 \begin_layout Standard
7378 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7379 just a few keystrokes.
7380 We could have easily nested an
7401 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7404 \begin_layout Section
7405 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7408 \begin_layout Subsection
7410 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7411 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7418 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7424 \begin_layout Standard
7425 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7426 in a uniform fashion.
7427 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7428 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7429 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7430 equally between themselves.
7434 \begin_layout Standard
7439 can be inserted with
7441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7442 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7443 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7447 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7452 This is on the left side
7454 This is on the right
7477 \begin_layout Standard
7478 That was an example in the
7484 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7490 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7493 is one in a standard paragraph.
7494 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7498 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7501 \begin_layout Standard
7502 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7503 Here's an example with the
7510 \begin_layout Labeling
7511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7523 \begin_layout Standard
7525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7532 marks the beginning of the item.
7533 (There is actually a
7534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7541 HFill inside of the label of the
7545 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7554 situations, like two-column mode.
7557 \begin_layout Standard
7558 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7561 \begin_layout Standard
7566 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7570 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7571 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7572 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7582 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7584 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7597 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7598 Other space variants
7599 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7600 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7607 \begin_layout Standard
7608 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7609 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7611 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7617 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7619 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7622 \begin_layout Paragraph
7626 \begin_layout Standard
7627 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7628 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7639 For example the command
7646 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7649 cm space within the following line:
7652 \begin_layout Standard
7654 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7661 \begin_layout Standard
7671 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7675 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7678 cm space between the arrows.
7681 \begin_layout Standard
7682 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7684 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7685 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7692 \begin_layout Paragraph
7696 \begin_layout Standard
7697 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7699 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7702 \begin_layout Standard
7703 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7706 What is correct English?:
7711 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7717 \begin_layout Standard
7733 \begin_layout Standard
7744 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7750 \begin_layout Standard
7751 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7762 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7769 In our case write the command
7776 (note the space after
7777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7784 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7785 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7786 That is why it is named
7787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7798 \begin_layout Standard
7799 There exists also the commands
7811 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7812 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7813 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7814 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7826 \begin_layout Subsection
7828 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7829 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
7836 \begin_layout Standard
7837 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7840 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7841 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7845 There you find the following sizes:
7848 \begin_layout Standard
7861 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7866 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7868 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7870 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7871 name "Document ! Settings"
7877 for the paragraph separation.
7878 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7889 \begin_layout Standard
7894 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7895 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7897 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7898 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7907 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7911 \begin_layout Standard
7916 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7918 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7919 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7928 If there are several
7932 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7933 You can therefore use
7937 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7940 \begin_layout Standard
7945 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7947 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7948 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7955 \begin_layout Standard
7956 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7959 \begin_layout Standard
7966 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
7967 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
7979 \begin_layout Subsection
7983 \begin_layout Standard
7984 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
7986 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7990 There are four possibilities:
7993 \begin_layout Itemize
7999 \begin_layout Itemize
8005 \begin_layout Itemize
8011 \begin_layout Itemize
8017 \begin_layout Standard
8018 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8019 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8020 the left and right margins.
8021 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8024 \begin_layout Standard
8026 This paragraph is right aligned,
8029 \begin_layout Standard
8031 this one is centered,
8034 \begin_layout Standard
8036 this one is left aligned.
8039 \begin_layout Subsection
8041 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8042 name "Pagebreaks ! Forced"
8047 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8048 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8055 \begin_layout Standard
8056 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8057 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8058 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8059 Only if you use many
8063 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8066 \begin_layout Standard
8067 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8068 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8072 have to change the pagebreaking.
8075 \begin_layout Standard
8076 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8078 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8080 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8081 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8086 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8087 that it fills out the complete page.
8088 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8089 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8090 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8101 \begin_layout Standard
8102 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8104 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8115 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8116 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8120 \begin_layout Standard
8121 normally one uses simply
8133 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8134 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8137 \begin_layout Standard
8138 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8139 at the top of a page.
8140 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8141 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8142 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8143 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8145 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8146 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8157 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8159 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8160 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8165 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8166 name "Pagebreaks ! Clear"
8173 \begin_layout Standard
8174 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8175 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8176 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8177 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8178 if necessary by adding pages.
8181 \begin_layout Standard
8182 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8184 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8185 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8190 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8192 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8193 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8198 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8199 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8202 \begin_layout Subsection
8204 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8210 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8211 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8218 \begin_layout Standard
8219 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8221 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8224 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8233 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8234 whole space between the page margins.
8235 This is necessary to avoid
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8243 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8244 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8256 The syntax is similar tho the command
8262 , described in the previous section.
8265 \begin_layout Standard
8266 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8267 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8268 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8269 set a linebreak, e.g.
8270 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8272 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8273 reference "sec:Quote"
8278 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8279 reference "sec:Verse"
8284 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8285 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8292 \begin_layout Subsection
8294 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8302 \begin_layout Standard
8303 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8304 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8305 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8306 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8308 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8312 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8314 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8315 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8320 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8321 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
8328 \begin_layout Standard
8329 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8330 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8331 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8332 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8333 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8335 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8336 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8341 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8342 In this case, insert one with
8344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8345 Special\InsetSpace ~
8346 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8347 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8357 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8359 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8360 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8366 name "Spaces ! protected"
8373 \begin_layout Standard
8374 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8376 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8380 Further documentation is given in section
8383 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8384 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8392 \begin_layout Standard
8393 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8406 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8407 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8416 A protected space is set with
8418 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8419 Special\InsetSpace ~
8420 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8435 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8437 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8438 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8443 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8444 name "Spaces ! thin"
8451 \begin_layout Standard
8453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8469 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8470 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8471 inside abbreviations:
8475 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8477 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8478 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8482 \begin_layout Standard
8483 or between values and units.
8484 Compare for example this:
8486 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8492 \begin_layout Standard
8493 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8495 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8496 Special\InsetSpace ~
8497 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8508 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8512 \begin_layout Standard
8513 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8514 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8515 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8517 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8518 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8527 Te latter means to type
8531 space-insert <command>
8538 into the command buffer, where
8542 is one of the following:
8546 \begin_layout Standard
8548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8555 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8557 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8558 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8570 \begin_layout Standard
8572 \begin_inset Tabular
8573 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8575 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8576 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8577 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8578 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8582 \begin_layout Standard
8590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8593 \begin_layout Standard
8601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8604 \begin_layout Standard
8613 <row topline="true">
8614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8617 \begin_layout Standard
8625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8628 \begin_layout Standard
8635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8638 \begin_layout Standard
8645 <row topline="true">
8646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8649 \begin_layout Standard
8657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8660 \begin_layout Standard
8667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8670 \begin_layout Standard
8677 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8681 \begin_layout Standard
8689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8692 \begin_layout Standard
8699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8702 \begin_layout Standard
8709 <row bottomline="true">
8710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8713 \begin_layout Standard
8721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8724 \begin_layout Standard
8731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8734 \begin_layout Standard
8741 <row bottomline="true">
8742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8745 \begin_layout Standard
8753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8756 \begin_layout Standard
8763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8766 \begin_layout Standard
8773 <row bottomline="true">
8774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8777 \begin_layout Standard
8785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8788 \begin_layout Standard
8795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8798 \begin_layout Standard
8805 <row bottomline="true">
8806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8809 \begin_layout Standard
8817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8820 \begin_layout Standard
8827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8830 \begin_layout Standard
8837 <row bottomline="true">
8838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8841 \begin_layout Standard
8849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8852 \begin_layout Standard
8859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8862 \begin_layout Standard
8876 \begin_layout Subsection
8878 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8879 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8884 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8885 name "Horizontal lines"
8892 \begin_layout Standard
8897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8898 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8899 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8902 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8908 \begin_layout Section
8909 Fonts and Text Styles
8910 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8911 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8918 \begin_layout Subsection
8920 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8928 \begin_layout Standard
8929 There are two types of fonts:
8932 \begin_layout Description
8935 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8936 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8940 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8941 characters) in the font.
8942 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8943 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8944 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8945 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8946 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8947 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8948 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8949 provide a good image.
8951 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8952 size and scale them.
8953 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8954 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8955 sizes than at small ones.
8973 \begin_layout Description
8976 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8977 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
8981 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
8982 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8983 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8984 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8985 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8986 picture manipulation program.
8987 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8988 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8989 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8990 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8991 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8993 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8994 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8996 Bitmap fonts are named
9002 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9005 \begin_layout Standard
9006 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9007 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9008 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9009 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9013 \begin_layout Standard
9014 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9015 its document properties.
9018 \begin_layout Standard
9019 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9020 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9021 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9022 font to emphasize text, you use an
9023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9031 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9032 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9036 \begin_layout Subsection
9037 Document Font and Font size
9038 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9039 name "sub:Document-Font"
9044 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9050 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9051 name "Document ! Font"
9058 \begin_layout Standard
9059 You can set the document fonts in the
9061 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9065 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9066 name "Document ! Settings"
9071 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9072 font shapes roman (serif),
9084 \begin_layout Standard
9085 The possible options for the font include
9089 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9094 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9116 European Computer Modern
9119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9129 \begin_layout Standard
9138 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9139 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9143 \begin_layout Standard
9144 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9149 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9155 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9156 There are three ways to use one:
9159 \begin_layout Itemize
9160 One way is to use the
9170 Virtual means that it
9171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9182 -glyphs from other fonts.
9183 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9204 \begin_layout Standard
9205 Loading the LaTeX-package
9208 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9209 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
9215 with the document preamble line
9218 \begin_layout Standard
9223 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9226 \begin_layout Standard
9227 will fix the guillemet problem.
9232 and that accented characters are not
9236 glyph, they are build of
9240 characters, the accent and the letter.
9241 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9245 fonts for words with accented characters.
9246 If you search for example for the French word
9247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9254 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9263 and not for the glyph
9264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9285 \begin_inset Note Note
9288 \begin_layout Standard
9296 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
9297 to be accented with the grave.
9299 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
9300 in section\InsetSpace ~
9302 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9315 \begin_layout Itemize
9316 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9320 \begin_layout Standard
9329 , consists of these three main font types
9356 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9357 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9364 The differences between roman,
9373 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9375 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9376 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9387 was originally designed for newspapers.
9388 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9389 into the small newspaper columns.
9395 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9398 \begin_layout Itemize
9399 The best solution is to use the
9404 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9411 \begin_layout Standard
9412 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9415 For the font size there are four possible values:
9432 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9435 \begin_layout Standard
9436 The font sizes are the
9441 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9442 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9443 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9449 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9451 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9452 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9459 \begin_layout Standard
9460 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9464 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9467 \begin_layout Standard
9472 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9476 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9477 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9478 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9480 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9483 dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
9485 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9486 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
9498 \begin_layout Subsection
9499 Using Different Character Styles
9500 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9501 name "Character Styles"
9506 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9514 \begin_layout Standard
9515 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9516 certain paragraph environments.
9517 LyX supports two character styles,
9526 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9530 \begin_layout Standard
9535 style, do one of the following:
9538 \begin_layout Itemize
9539 click on the toolbar button
9540 \begin_inset Graphics
9541 filename ../images/font-noun.png
9548 \begin_layout Itemize
9555 \begin_layout Standard
9556 These commands are all toggles.
9561 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9564 \begin_layout Standard
9565 One typically uses the
9569 style for proper names.
9571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9578 is the original author of LyX.
9579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9585 \begin_layout Standard
9586 A more widely used character style is the
9591 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9598 \begin_layout Itemize
9599 clicking on the toolbar button
9600 \begin_inset Graphics
9601 filename ../images/font-emph.png
9608 \begin_layout Itemize
9609 using the keybindings
9615 \begin_layout Standard
9620 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9621 es use a different font.
9624 \begin_layout Standard
9625 We've been using the
9629 style all over the place in this document.
9630 Here's one more example:
9633 \begin_layout Quotation
9636 Don't overuse character styles!
9639 \begin_layout Standard
9640 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9641 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9642 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9643 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9647 \begin_layout Standard
9648 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9655 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9662 \begin_layout Subsection
9663 Fine-Tuning with the
9668 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9669 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9674 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9682 \begin_layout Standard
9683 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9684 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9685 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9686 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9687 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9688 from ordinary dialog.
9691 \begin_layout Standard
9692 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9693 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9695 Documents that overuse
9696 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9697 has knocked huge holes in it.
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9701 To use custom character styles, open the
9703 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9708 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9709 font property which you can choose.
9710 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9715 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9720 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9721 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9722 environments in a snap.
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9726 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9738 \begin_layout Labeling
9739 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9753 The possible options are:
9757 \begin_layout Labeling
9758 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9763 This is the Roman font family.
9764 Normally a serif font.
9765 It's also the default family.
9770 \begin_layout Standard
9788 \begin_layout Standard
9796 \begin_inset Note Note
9799 \begin_layout Standard
9800 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9801 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9803 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9804 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9816 \begin_layout Labeling
9817 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9825 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9832 \begin_layout Standard
9850 \begin_layout Standard
9860 \begin_layout Labeling
9861 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9868 This is the Typewriter font family.
9875 \begin_layout Standard
9893 \begin_layout Standard
9906 \begin_layout Labeling
9907 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9912 This corresponds to the print weight.
9917 \begin_layout Labeling
9918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9923 This is the Medium font series.
9924 It's also the default series.
9927 \begin_layout Labeling
9928 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9935 This is the Bold font series.
9942 \begin_layout Standard
9960 \begin_layout Standard
9971 \begin_layout Labeling
9972 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9977 As the name implies.
9982 \begin_layout Labeling
9983 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9988 This is the Upright font shape.
9989 It's also the default shape.
9992 \begin_layout Labeling
9993 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10007 s the Italic font shape
10013 \begin_layout Labeling
10014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10021 This is the Slanted font shape
10023 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10026 \begin_layout Labeling
10027 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10035 This is the Small caps font shape
10042 \begin_layout Labeling
10043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10048 Alters the size of the font.
10049 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10050 nal to the document font size.
10051 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10052 what you want to do.
10057 \begin_layout Labeling
10058 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10080 \begin_layout Standard
10098 \begin_layout Standard
10109 \begin_layout Standard
10127 \begin_layout Standard
10137 \begin_layout Labeling
10138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10160 \begin_layout Standard
10178 \begin_layout Standard
10188 \begin_layout Labeling
10189 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10211 \begin_layout Standard
10229 \begin_layout Standard
10240 \begin_layout Standard
10258 \begin_layout Standard
10268 \begin_layout Labeling
10269 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10291 \begin_layout Standard
10309 \begin_layout Standard
10320 \begin_layout Standard
10338 \begin_layout Standard
10348 \begin_layout Labeling
10349 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10363 It's also the default size.
10368 \begin_layout Standard
10386 \begin_layout Standard
10397 \begin_layout Standard
10415 \begin_layout Standard
10425 \begin_layout Labeling
10426 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10448 \begin_layout Standard
10466 \begin_layout Standard
10477 \begin_layout Standard
10495 \begin_layout Standard
10505 \begin_layout Labeling
10506 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10528 \begin_layout Standard
10546 \begin_layout Standard
10557 \begin_layout Standard
10575 \begin_layout Standard
10585 \begin_layout Labeling
10586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10608 \begin_layout Standard
10626 \begin_layout Standard
10636 \begin_layout Labeling
10637 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10659 \begin_layout Standard
10677 \begin_layout Standard
10688 \begin_layout Standard
10706 \begin_layout Standard
10716 \begin_layout Labeling
10717 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10739 \begin_layout Standard
10757 \begin_layout Standard
10768 \begin_layout Standard
10786 \begin_layout Standard
10797 \begin_layout Standard
10802 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10803 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10804 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10805 - use that instead.
10806 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10809 \begin_layout Labeling
10810 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10815 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10820 \begin_layout Labeling
10821 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10828 This is text with emphasize on
10831 This might seem like the same as
10835 , but it is actually a bit different.
10841 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10843 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10846 \begin_layout Labeling
10847 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10854 This is text with Underbar on.
10861 \begin_layout Standard
10879 \begin_layout Standard
10892 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10893 when you couldn't change fonts.
10894 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10895 It's only included in LyX because some people
10899 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10902 \begin_layout Labeling
10903 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10910 This is text with Noun on.
10917 , this is a logical attribute.
10918 Normally it's equivalent to
10927 \begin_layout Labeling
10928 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10933 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10934 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10940 , which is the default
10941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10948 and means normally black, you can choose between
10981 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10982 name "Color ! Text"
10989 \begin_layout Labeling
10990 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10995 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10996 the language of the document.
10997 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11001 \begin_layout Standard
11002 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11003 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11005 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11009 dialog, the settings are saved.
11010 You can activate them using the toolbar button
11011 \begin_inset Graphics
11012 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11017 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11018 when the dialog isn't visible.
11022 \begin_layout Standard
11023 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11029 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11030 (suppose you just set the shape to
11031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11048 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11058 \begin_layout Standard
11059 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11076 \begin_layout Itemize
11082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11089 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11112 \begin_layout Standard
11125 \begin_layout Standard
11137 \begin_inset Note Note
11140 \begin_layout Standard
11141 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11143 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11144 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11158 \begin_layout Itemize
11163 fonts use characters with serifs.
11164 These are the small
11165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11172 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11173 The following example will show the difference:
11179 text without serifs
11183 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11184 They are therefore used as default font (named
11191 \begin_layout Itemize
11197 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11198 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11201 \begin_layout Standard
11202 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11203 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11206 \begin_layout Section
11207 Printing and Previewing
11210 \begin_layout Subsection
11214 \begin_layout Standard
11215 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11216 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11217 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11218 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11219 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11221 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11227 \begin_layout Standard
11228 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11229 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11230 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11231 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11232 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11233 This happens in two stages:
11236 \begin_layout Enumerate
11237 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11238 generating a file with the extension,
11239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11253 \begin_layout Enumerate
11254 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11258 file to produce printable output.
11262 \begin_layout Subsection
11263 Output file formats
11264 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11265 name "File formats"
11270 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11271 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11280 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11281 name "File formats ! ASCII"
11288 \begin_layout Standard
11289 This file type has the extension
11290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11302 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11306 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11313 \begin_layout Standard
11314 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11316 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11317 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11323 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11325 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11326 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
11333 \begin_layout Standard
11334 This file type has the extension
11335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11346 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11348 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11349 it manually with console commands.
11350 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11351 you view or export your document.
11354 \begin_layout Standard
11355 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11357 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11358 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11363 \begin_layout Standard
11375 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11377 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11378 name "File formats ! DVI"
11385 \begin_layout Standard
11386 This file type has the extension
11387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11407 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11408 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11409 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11411 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11415 \begin_layout Standard
11416 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11419 \begin_layout Standard
11424 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11425 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11430 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11431 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11432 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11433 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11436 \begin_layout Standard
11437 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11439 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11440 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11446 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11448 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11449 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11456 \begin_layout Standard
11457 This file type has the extension
11458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11470 PostScript was developed by the company
11474 as printer language.
11475 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11477 PostScript can be seen as
11478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11481 programming language
11482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11485 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11489 \begin_layout Standard
11490 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11496 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11497 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
11506 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11509 \begin_layout Standard
11510 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11514 Encapsulated PostScript
11515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11518 (EPS, file extension
11519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11531 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11532 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11533 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11534 whenever you view or export your document.
11535 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11536 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11537 EPS to avoid this problem.
11540 \begin_layout Standard
11541 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11543 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11544 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11550 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11552 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11553 name "File formats ! PDF"
11558 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11566 \begin_layout Standard
11567 This file type has the extension
11568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11584 Portable Document Format
11585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11588 (PDF) is developed by
11592 as derivative from PostScript.
11593 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11602 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11603 looks exactly the same.
11606 \begin_layout Standard
11607 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11611 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11615 (JPG, file extension
11616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11643 Portable Network Graphics
11644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11647 (PNG, file extension
11648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11660 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11661 in the background to one of these formats.
11662 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11663 will slow down your workflow.
11664 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11667 \begin_layout Standard
11668 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11670 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11673 in three different ways:
11676 \begin_layout Description
11677 PDF This uses the program
11681 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11682 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11686 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11687 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11690 \begin_layout Description
11692 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11696 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11700 \begin_layout Description
11702 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11706 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11709 \begin_layout Standard
11710 We recommend to use
11719 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11725 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11728 \begin_layout Subsection
11730 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11731 name "Document ! Preview "
11738 \begin_layout Standard
11739 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11740 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11744 and choose a file type.
11745 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11748 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11751 you can use the toolbar button
11752 \begin_inset Graphics
11753 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
11763 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11767 you can use the toolbar button
11768 \begin_inset Graphics
11769 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
11776 \begin_layout Standard
11777 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11778 viewer window using the menu
11780 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11786 \begin_layout Standard
11787 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11789 To have a real output, export your document.
11792 \begin_layout Subsection
11793 Printing the File from within LyX
11794 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11795 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11802 \begin_layout Standard
11803 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11804 it directly from within LyX.
11805 To print a file, select the menu
11807 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11810 or click on the toolbar button
11811 \begin_inset Graphics
11812 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
11817 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11818 This file is then processed by the program
11822 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11827 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11830 \begin_layout Standard
11831 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11832 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11833 printing one set to print on the other side.
11834 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11835 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11836 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11839 \begin_layout Standard
11840 You can set the parameters in the
11848 \begin_layout Labeling
11849 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11854 This is the name of the printer to print to.
11858 \begin_layout Standard
11859 Note that this printer name is for the program
11868 has to be configured for this printer name.
11869 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
11871 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11872 reference "sub:Printer"
11881 The printer should understand PostScript.
11884 \begin_layout Labeling
11885 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11890 The name of a file to print to.
11891 The output will be a PostScript file.
11892 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11896 \begin_layout Section
11897 A few Words about Typography
11898 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11906 \begin_layout Subsection
11908 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11914 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11922 \begin_layout Standard
11924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11935 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11950 \begin_layout Enumerate
11956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11970 \begin_layout Enumerate
11976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11985 \begin_layout Standard
11997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12003 \begin_layout Enumerate
12009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12018 \begin_layout Standard
12031 \begin_layout Standard
12043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12049 \begin_layout Enumerate
12053 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12073 \begin_layout Standard
12074 You generate them by inserting the
12075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12086 character multiple times in a row.
12087 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12088 final output, but not in LyX.
12091 \begin_layout Standard
12092 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12093 math mode and has a length of its own.
12094 Here are some examples of the
12095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12109 \begin_layout Enumerate
12110 line- and page-breaks
12119 \begin_layout Enumerate
12129 \begin_layout Enumerate
12130 Oh --- there's a dash.
12139 \begin_layout Enumerate
12140 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12152 \begin_layout Subsection
12154 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12160 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12161 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12168 \begin_layout Standard
12169 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12170 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12173 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12174 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
12180 following the rules of the document language
12184 \begin_layout Standard
12185 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12192 German\InsetSpace ~
12198 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12209 \begin_layout Standard
12210 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12215 and with unusual constructs, like
12216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12224 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12225 This is done with the menu
12227 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12228 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12229 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12233 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12234 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12237 \begin_layout Standard
12238 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12239 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12240 a hyphen and a space in the form
12241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12249 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12257 as hyphenation possibility.
12258 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12259 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12260 of the LaTeX-box-command
12266 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12267 As LyX doesn't support
12273 , we have to use ERT.
12274 The result looks in LyX like:
12277 \begin_layout Standard
12278 \begin_inset Graphics
12279 filename clipart/mbox.png
12286 \begin_layout Standard
12287 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12289 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12290 reference "sec:ERT"
12297 \begin_layout Subsection
12299 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12300 name "Punctuation marks"
12307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12308 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12309 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12310 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12317 \begin_layout Standard
12318 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12319 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12320 LaTeX then adds the
12321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12324 appropriate amount of space
12325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12329 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12331 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12334 \begin_layout Standard
12335 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12349 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12350 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12353 \begin_layout Standard
12354 Here are some examples of
12358 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12361 \begin_layout Itemize
12366 \begin_layout Itemize
12371 \begin_layout Standard
12372 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12375 \begin_layout Itemize
12378 this is too much space!
12381 \begin_layout Itemize
12386 \begin_layout Standard
12387 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12390 \begin_layout Standard
12391 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12394 \begin_layout Enumerate
12397 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12400 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12402 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12403 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12408 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12409 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
12416 \begin_layout Enumerate
12422 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12424 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12425 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12430 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12431 name "Spaces ! thin"
12438 \begin_layout Enumerate
12443 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12448 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12449 Special\InsetSpace ~
12452 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12453 This function is also bound to
12460 \begin_layout Standard
12461 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12464 \begin_layout Itemize
12465 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12466 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12467 this is too much space!
12470 \begin_layout Itemize
12471 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12475 \begin_layout Standard
12476 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12477 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12478 LaTeX will care about this.
12481 \begin_layout Standard
12482 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12485 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12489 feature described in section
12500 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12502 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12503 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12508 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12509 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12514 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12522 \begin_layout Standard
12523 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12524 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12525 and use a closing quote at the end.
12527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12535 The keyboard character,
12539 , generates this automatically.
12542 \begin_layout Standard
12543 You can change the behavior of the
12547 key using the submenu
12553 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12557 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12558 name "Document ! Settings"
12565 \begin_layout Standard
12566 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12571 There are six choices:
12574 \begin_layout Labeling
12575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12587 Use quotes like this
12588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12596 \begin_inset Quotes els
12600 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12606 \begin_layout Labeling
12607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12610 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12614 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12620 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12624 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12628 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12634 \begin_layout Labeling
12635 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12638 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12642 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12648 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12652 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12656 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12660 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12666 \begin_layout Labeling
12667 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12670 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12674 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12680 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12684 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12688 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12692 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12698 \begin_layout Labeling
12699 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12702 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12706 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12712 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12716 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12720 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12724 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12730 \begin_layout Labeling
12731 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12734 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12738 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12744 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12748 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12752 \begin_inset Quotes als
12756 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12762 \begin_layout Standard
12763 These settings affects what character the
12770 \begin_layout Subsection
12772 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12773 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12778 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12779 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12784 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12785 name "sub:Ligatures"
12792 \begin_layout Standard
12793 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12794 print them as single characters.
12795 These groups are known as
12800 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12802 Here are the standard ligatures:
12805 \begin_layout Itemize
12809 \begin_layout Itemize
12813 \begin_layout Itemize
12817 \begin_layout Itemize
12821 \begin_layout Itemize
12825 \begin_layout Standard
12826 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12829 \begin_layout Standard
12830 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12831 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12839 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12855 To break a ligature, use
12857 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12858 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12859 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12875 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12892 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12900 \begin_layout Subsection
12902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12903 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12908 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12909 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12916 \begin_layout Standard
12917 You have surely noticed, that the word
12918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12925 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12926 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12927 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12935 \begin_layout Standard
12943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12947 \begin_inset Note Note
12950 \begin_layout Standard
12951 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
12952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12959 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
12960 To create proper names omit the ERT.
12965 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12969 \begin_layout Description
12970 LyX The name of the game, write
12971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12978 \begin_layout Standard
12986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12992 \begin_layout Description
12993 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13001 \begin_layout Standard
13009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13015 \begin_layout Description
13016 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
13017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13024 \begin_layout Standard
13032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13038 \begin_layout Description
13039 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13047 \begin_layout Standard
13055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13061 \begin_layout Standard
13062 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13067 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13075 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13076 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13077 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13080 : The actual version is
13081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13088 , the previous one was
13089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13099 \begin_layout Standard
13100 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13101 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13102 This will look in LyX like:
13103 \begin_inset Graphics
13104 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13110 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13112 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13113 reference "sec:ERT"
13120 \begin_layout Subsection
13122 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13123 name "Typography ! Units"
13130 \begin_layout Standard
13131 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13132 space between two words.
13133 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13143 for units use the menu
13145 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13146 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13157 \begin_layout Standard
13158 Here's an example to show the differences:
13161 \begin_layout Standard
13162 \begin_inset Tabular
13163 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13165 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13166 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13171 \begin_layout Standard
13174 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13185 \begin_layout Standard
13186 space between number and unit
13193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13196 \begin_layout Standard
13197 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13199 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13210 \begin_layout Standard
13211 half space between number and unit
13224 \begin_layout Subsection
13226 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13227 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
13232 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13240 \begin_layout Standard
13241 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13243 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13244 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13245 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13246 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13247 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13248 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13259 \begin_layout Standard
13260 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13261 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13262 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13263 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13264 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13265 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13266 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13269 \begin_layout Standard
13270 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13271 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13272 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13274 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13275 key "latexcompanion"
13281 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13286 ] may have more information.
13287 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13290 \begin_layout Chapter
13291 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13292 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13293 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13300 \begin_layout Standard
13301 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13306 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13309 \begin_layout Section
13311 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13317 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13325 \begin_layout Standard
13326 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13329 \begin_layout Description
13331 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13334 \begin_inset Note Note
13337 \begin_layout Standard
13338 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13346 \begin_layout Description
13347 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13348 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13350 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13351 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13352 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13357 \begin_inset Note Comment
13360 \begin_layout Standard
13361 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13369 \begin_layout Description
13370 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13371 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13376 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13379 \begin_layout Standard
13384 \begin_layout Standard
13385 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13386 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13387 How this can be done is explained in the
13396 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13405 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13406 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13409 \begin_layout Description
13410 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13412 \begin_inset Note Framed
13415 \begin_layout Standard
13416 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13421 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13423 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13424 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13428 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13432 \begin_layout Description
13433 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
13434 \begin_inset Note Shaded
13437 \begin_layout Standard
13438 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
13443 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
13444 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
13447 \begin_layout Standard
13448 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
13449 \begin_inset Graphics
13450 filename ../images/note-insert.png
13452 scaleBeforeRotation
13458 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13462 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
13465 \begin_layout Section
13467 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13473 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13474 name "sec:Footnotes"
13481 \begin_layout Standard
13482 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
13485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13488 or the toolbar button
13489 \begin_inset Graphics
13490 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
13503 \begin_inset Graphics
13504 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
13514 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13543 label, the box will
13547 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
13548 Clicking on the box label again, will close
13561 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13577 \begin_layout Standard
13578 Here's an example footnote:
13586 \begin_layout Standard
13587 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13595 \begin_layout Standard
13596 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13597 position where the footnote box is placed.
13598 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13599 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13600 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13601 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13602 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13607 ey are described in the
13614 \begin_layout Section
13616 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13617 name "Marginal notes"
13622 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13623 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
13630 \begin_layout Standard
13631 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13632 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13634 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13635 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13638 or the toolbar button
13639 \begin_inset Graphics
13640 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
13660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13667 appearing within your text.
13668 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13677 \begin_layout Standard
13678 At the side is an example marginal note.
13682 \begin_inset Marginal
13685 \begin_layout Standard
13686 This is a marginal note.
13694 \begin_layout Standard
13695 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13696 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13697 pages, right on odd pages.
13700 \begin_layout Section
13701 Graphics and Images
13702 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13708 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13714 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13715 name "sec:Graphics"
13722 \begin_layout Standard
13723 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13724 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13725 \begin_inset Graphics
13726 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
13732 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13736 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13739 \begin_layout Standard
13740 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13745 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13746 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13747 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13749 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13751 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13752 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13759 \begin_layout Standard
13764 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13765 of the image in the output.
13766 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13778 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13781 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13782 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13790 \begin_layout Standard
13791 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13796 You can also set the
13800 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13801 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13803 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13804 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13814 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13815 image size is printed.
13818 \begin_layout Standard
13819 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13820 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13822 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13823 centered paragraph:
13826 \begin_layout Standard
13828 \begin_inset Graphics
13829 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13832 rotateOrigin center
13839 \begin_layout Standard
13840 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13841 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13843 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13844 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13851 \begin_layout Subsection
13853 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13854 name "Image formats"
13859 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13860 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13867 \begin_layout Standard
13868 You can insert images in any known file format.
13869 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13871 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13872 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13876 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13877 LyX uses therefore the program
13881 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13882 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13883 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13885 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13886 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13893 \begin_layout Standard
13894 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13897 \begin_layout Description
13898 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13899 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13900 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13901 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13905 Graphics Interchange Format
13906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13909 (GIF, file extension
13910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13922 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13923 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13931 Portable Network Graphics
13932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13935 (PNG, file extension
13936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13948 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13949 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13957 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13961 (JPG, file extension
13962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13986 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13987 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13994 \begin_layout Description
13995 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13996 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13998 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13999 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
14000 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
14003 calable image formats can be
14004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14007 Scalable Vector Graphics
14008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14011 (SVG, file extension
14012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14024 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14025 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
14030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14033 Encapsulated PostScript
14034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14037 (EPS, file extension
14038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14050 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14051 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
14056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14059 Portable Document Format
14060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14063 (PDF, file extension
14064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14076 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14082 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14083 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14084 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14089 \begin_layout Standard
14090 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14098 \begin_layout Standard
14099 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14103 \begin_layout Section
14105 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14111 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14119 \begin_layout Standard
14120 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14121 \begin_inset Graphics
14122 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14133 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14134 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14135 from the rest of the table.
14136 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14137 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14139 Here's an example table:
14142 \begin_layout Standard
14144 \begin_inset Tabular
14145 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14149 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14150 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14151 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14155 \begin_layout Standard
14161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14164 \begin_layout Standard
14179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14182 \begin_layout Standard
14188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14191 \begin_layout Standard
14198 <row topline="true">
14199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14202 \begin_layout Standard
14217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14220 \begin_layout Standard
14226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14229 \begin_layout Standard
14235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14238 \begin_layout Standard
14245 <row topline="true">
14246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14249 \begin_layout Standard
14264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14267 \begin_layout Standard
14273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14276 \begin_layout Standard
14286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14289 \begin_layout Standard
14296 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14300 \begin_layout Standard
14315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14318 \begin_layout Standard
14324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14327 \begin_layout Standard
14333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14336 \begin_layout Standard
14350 \begin_layout Subsection
14354 \begin_layout Standard
14355 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14356 brings up the table dialog.
14357 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
14358 where the cursor is placed currently.
14359 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
14360 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14361 done on all of your selection.
14364 \begin_layout Standard
14365 Additionally to the table dialog the
14370 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
14372 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14373 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14374 delete lines via the table
14378 \begin_layout Standard
14384 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
14385 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
14386 current cell respectively.
14387 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
14389 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
14390 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
14392 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14393 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
14400 \begin_layout Standard
14401 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
14407 This will merge the cells to
14411 cell, spread over more than one column.
14412 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
14413 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
14414 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
14415 in the last row without the upper border:
14418 \begin_layout Standard
14420 \begin_inset Tabular
14421 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
14422 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
14423 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14424 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
14425 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14426 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14427 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14431 \begin_layout Standard
14437 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14440 \begin_layout Standard
14446 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14449 \begin_layout Standard
14455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14458 \begin_layout Standard
14465 <row topline="true">
14466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14469 \begin_layout Standard
14484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14487 \begin_layout Standard
14493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14496 \begin_layout Standard
14502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14505 \begin_layout Standard
14512 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14516 \begin_layout Standard
14522 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14525 \begin_layout Standard
14531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14534 \begin_layout Standard
14540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14543 \begin_layout Standard
14557 \begin_layout Standard
14558 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14559 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14560 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14561 explained in the tables section of the
14563 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14567 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14568 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14571 degrees counterclockwise.
14572 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14575 \begin_layout Standard
14576 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14579 \begin_layout Standard
14584 Most DVI-viewers are
14588 able to display rotations.
14596 \begin_layout Standard
14601 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14606 adds lines for all cell borders.
14609 \begin_layout Subsection
14611 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14612 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14617 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14625 \begin_layout Standard
14626 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14636 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14637 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14640 \begin_layout Description
14645 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14646 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14647 except for the first page, if
14655 \begin_layout Description
14661 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14662 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14665 \begin_layout Description
14670 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14671 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14672 except for the last page, if
14680 \begin_layout Description
14686 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14687 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14690 \begin_layout Standard
14691 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14692 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14693 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14694 The others will then be defined as
14699 In this context, first means first in this order:
14701 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14714 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14717 \begin_layout Standard
14719 \begin_inset Tabular
14720 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14721 <features islongtable="true">
14722 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14723 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14724 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14725 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14726 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14729 \begin_layout Standard
14732 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14737 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14740 \begin_layout Standard
14746 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14749 \begin_layout Standard
14756 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14757 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14760 \begin_layout Standard
14768 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14771 \begin_layout Standard
14777 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14780 \begin_layout Standard
14789 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14790 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14793 \begin_layout Standard
14801 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14804 \begin_layout Standard
14810 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14813 \begin_layout Standard
14820 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14821 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14824 \begin_layout Standard
14832 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14835 \begin_layout Standard
14841 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14844 \begin_layout Standard
14853 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14854 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14857 \begin_layout Standard
14865 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14868 \begin_layout Standard
14874 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14877 \begin_layout Standard
14884 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14888 \begin_layout Standard
14896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14899 \begin_layout Standard
14905 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14908 \begin_layout Standard
14915 <row bottomline="true">
14916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14919 \begin_layout Standard
14927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14930 \begin_layout Standard
14936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14939 \begin_layout Standard
14946 <row bottomline="true">
14947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14950 \begin_layout Standard
14958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14961 \begin_layout Standard
14967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14970 \begin_layout Standard
14977 <row bottomline="true">
14978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14981 \begin_layout Standard
14989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14992 \begin_layout Standard
14998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15001 \begin_layout Standard
15008 <row bottomline="true">
15009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15012 \begin_layout Standard
15020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15023 \begin_layout Standard
15029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15032 \begin_layout Standard
15039 <row bottomline="true">
15040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15043 \begin_layout Standard
15051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15054 \begin_layout Standard
15060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15063 \begin_layout Standard
15070 <row bottomline="true">
15071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15074 \begin_layout Standard
15082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15085 \begin_layout Standard
15091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15094 \begin_layout Standard
15101 <row bottomline="true">
15102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15105 \begin_layout Standard
15113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15116 \begin_layout Standard
15122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15125 \begin_layout Standard
15132 <row bottomline="true">
15133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15136 \begin_layout Standard
15144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15147 \begin_layout Standard
15153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15156 \begin_layout Standard
15163 <row bottomline="true">
15164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15167 \begin_layout Standard
15175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15178 \begin_layout Standard
15184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15187 \begin_layout Standard
15194 <row bottomline="true">
15195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15198 \begin_layout Standard
15206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15209 \begin_layout Standard
15215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15218 \begin_layout Standard
15225 <row bottomline="true">
15226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15229 \begin_layout Standard
15237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15240 \begin_layout Standard
15246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15249 \begin_layout Standard
15256 <row bottomline="true">
15257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15260 \begin_layout Standard
15268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15271 \begin_layout Standard
15277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15280 \begin_layout Standard
15287 <row bottomline="true">
15288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15291 \begin_layout Standard
15299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15302 \begin_layout Standard
15308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15311 \begin_layout Standard
15318 <row bottomline="true">
15319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15322 \begin_layout Standard
15330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15333 \begin_layout Standard
15339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15342 \begin_layout Standard
15349 <row bottomline="true">
15350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15353 \begin_layout Standard
15361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15364 \begin_layout Standard
15370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15373 \begin_layout Standard
15380 <row bottomline="true">
15381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15384 \begin_layout Standard
15392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15395 \begin_layout Standard
15401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15404 \begin_layout Standard
15411 <row bottomline="true">
15412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15415 \begin_layout Standard
15423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15426 \begin_layout Standard
15432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15435 \begin_layout Standard
15442 <row bottomline="true">
15443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15446 \begin_layout Standard
15454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15457 \begin_layout Standard
15463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15466 \begin_layout Standard
15473 <row bottomline="true">
15474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15477 \begin_layout Standard
15485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15488 \begin_layout Standard
15494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15497 \begin_layout Standard
15504 <row bottomline="true">
15505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15508 \begin_layout Standard
15516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15519 \begin_layout Standard
15525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15528 \begin_layout Standard
15535 <row bottomline="true">
15536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15539 \begin_layout Standard
15547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15550 \begin_layout Standard
15556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15559 \begin_layout Standard
15566 <row bottomline="true">
15567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15570 \begin_layout Standard
15578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15581 \begin_layout Standard
15587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15590 \begin_layout Standard
15597 <row bottomline="true">
15598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15601 \begin_layout Standard
15609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15612 \begin_layout Standard
15618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15621 \begin_layout Standard
15628 <row bottomline="true">
15629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15632 \begin_layout Standard
15640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15643 \begin_layout Standard
15649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15652 \begin_layout Standard
15659 <row bottomline="true">
15660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15663 \begin_layout Standard
15671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15674 \begin_layout Standard
15680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15683 \begin_layout Standard
15690 <row bottomline="true">
15691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15694 \begin_layout Standard
15702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15705 \begin_layout Standard
15711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15714 \begin_layout Standard
15721 <row bottomline="true">
15722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15725 \begin_layout Standard
15733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15736 \begin_layout Standard
15742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15745 \begin_layout Standard
15752 <row bottomline="true">
15753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15756 \begin_layout Standard
15764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15767 \begin_layout Standard
15773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15776 \begin_layout Standard
15783 <row bottomline="true">
15784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15787 \begin_layout Standard
15795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15798 \begin_layout Standard
15804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15807 \begin_layout Standard
15814 <row bottomline="true">
15815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15818 \begin_layout Standard
15826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15829 \begin_layout Standard
15835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15838 \begin_layout Standard
15845 <row bottomline="true">
15846 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15849 \begin_layout Standard
15855 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15858 \begin_layout Standard
15864 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15867 \begin_layout Standard
15874 <row bottomline="true">
15875 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15878 \begin_layout Standard
15886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15889 \begin_layout Standard
15895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15898 \begin_layout Standard
15905 <row bottomline="true">
15906 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15909 \begin_layout Standard
15917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15920 \begin_layout Standard
15926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15929 \begin_layout Standard
15936 <row bottomline="true">
15937 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15940 \begin_layout Standard
15948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15951 \begin_layout Standard
15957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15960 \begin_layout Standard
15967 <row bottomline="true">
15968 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15971 \begin_layout Standard
15979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15982 \begin_layout Standard
15988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15991 \begin_layout Standard
15998 <row bottomline="true">
15999 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16002 \begin_layout Standard
16010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16013 \begin_layout Standard
16019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16022 \begin_layout Standard
16029 <row bottomline="true">
16030 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16033 \begin_layout Standard
16041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16044 \begin_layout Standard
16050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16053 \begin_layout Standard
16060 <row bottomline="true">
16061 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16064 \begin_layout Standard
16072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16075 \begin_layout Standard
16081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16084 \begin_layout Standard
16091 <row bottomline="true">
16092 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16095 \begin_layout Standard
16103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16106 \begin_layout Standard
16112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16115 \begin_layout Standard
16122 <row bottomline="true">
16123 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16126 \begin_layout Standard
16134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16137 \begin_layout Standard
16143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16146 \begin_layout Standard
16153 <row bottomline="true">
16154 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16157 \begin_layout Standard
16165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16168 \begin_layout Standard
16174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16177 \begin_layout Standard
16184 <row bottomline="true">
16185 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16188 \begin_layout Standard
16196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16199 \begin_layout Standard
16205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16208 \begin_layout Standard
16215 <row bottomline="true">
16216 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16219 \begin_layout Standard
16227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16230 \begin_layout Standard
16236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16239 \begin_layout Standard
16246 <row bottomline="true">
16247 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16250 \begin_layout Standard
16258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16261 \begin_layout Standard
16267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16270 \begin_layout Standard
16277 <row bottomline="true">
16278 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16281 \begin_layout Standard
16289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16292 \begin_layout Standard
16298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16301 \begin_layout Standard
16308 <row bottomline="true">
16309 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16312 \begin_layout Standard
16320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16323 \begin_layout Standard
16329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16332 \begin_layout Standard
16339 <row bottomline="true">
16340 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16343 \begin_layout Standard
16351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16354 \begin_layout Standard
16360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16363 \begin_layout Standard
16370 <row bottomline="true">
16371 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16374 \begin_layout Standard
16382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16385 \begin_layout Standard
16391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16394 \begin_layout Standard
16401 <row bottomline="true">
16402 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16405 \begin_layout Standard
16413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16416 \begin_layout Standard
16422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16425 \begin_layout Standard
16432 <row bottomline="true">
16433 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16436 \begin_layout Standard
16444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16447 \begin_layout Standard
16453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16456 \begin_layout Standard
16463 <row bottomline="true">
16464 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16467 \begin_layout Standard
16475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16478 \begin_layout Standard
16484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16487 \begin_layout Standard
16494 <row bottomline="true">
16495 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16498 \begin_layout Standard
16506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16509 \begin_layout Standard
16515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16518 \begin_layout Standard
16525 <row bottomline="true">
16526 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16529 \begin_layout Standard
16537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16540 \begin_layout Standard
16546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16549 \begin_layout Standard
16556 <row bottomline="true">
16557 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16560 \begin_layout Standard
16568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16571 \begin_layout Standard
16577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16580 \begin_layout Standard
16587 <row bottomline="true">
16588 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16591 \begin_layout Standard
16599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16602 \begin_layout Standard
16608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16611 \begin_layout Standard
16618 <row bottomline="true">
16619 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16622 \begin_layout Standard
16630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16633 \begin_layout Standard
16639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16642 \begin_layout Standard
16649 <row bottomline="true">
16650 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16653 \begin_layout Standard
16661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16664 \begin_layout Standard
16670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16673 \begin_layout Standard
16680 <row bottomline="true">
16681 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16684 \begin_layout Standard
16692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16695 \begin_layout Standard
16701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16704 \begin_layout Standard
16711 <row bottomline="true">
16712 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16715 \begin_layout Standard
16723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16726 \begin_layout Standard
16732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16735 \begin_layout Standard
16742 <row bottomline="true">
16743 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16746 \begin_layout Standard
16754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16757 \begin_layout Standard
16763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16766 \begin_layout Standard
16773 <row bottomline="true">
16774 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16777 \begin_layout Standard
16785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout Standard
16794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16797 \begin_layout Standard
16804 <row bottomline="true">
16805 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16808 \begin_layout Standard
16816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout Standard
16825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16828 \begin_layout Standard
16835 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16836 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16839 \begin_layout Standard
16847 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16850 \begin_layout Standard
16856 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16859 \begin_layout Standard
16873 \begin_layout Subsection
16875 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16876 name "Tables ! Cells"
16881 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16882 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16889 \begin_layout Standard
16890 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16891 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16892 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16893 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16897 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16898 for the cell's paragraph.
16901 \begin_layout Standard
16902 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16903 for the column in the table dialog.
16904 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16905 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16909 \begin_layout Standard
16911 \begin_inset Tabular
16912 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16914 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16915 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16916 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16917 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16921 \begin_layout Standard
16936 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Standard
16954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16957 \begin_layout Standard
16974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16977 \begin_layout Standard
16992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16995 \begin_layout Standard
17005 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17013 \begin_layout Standard
17029 <row bottomline="true">
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Standard
17048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17051 \begin_layout Standard
17061 This is longer now.
17066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17069 \begin_layout Standard
17085 <row bottomline="true">
17086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17089 \begin_layout Standard
17104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17107 \begin_layout Standard
17117 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17118 This is longer now.
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout Standard
17149 \begin_layout Standard
17150 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17151 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17152 Selection with the mouse or with
17156 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17157 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17158 the selection from outside the table.
17161 \begin_layout Section
17163 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17169 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17177 \begin_layout Standard
17178 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17179 have a fixed location.
17181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17188 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17195 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17198 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17199 too much notes at the page.
17202 \begin_layout Standard
17203 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17204 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17205 and pages without text.
17206 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17207 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17208 Floats are therefore numbered.
17209 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17211 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17212 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17219 \begin_layout Standard
17220 To insert a float, use the menu
17222 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17226 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17232 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17237 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
17238 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
17240 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
17241 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17242 name "Floats ! Captions"
17246 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
17247 paragraph within the float.
17248 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
17249 by left-clicking on the box label.
17250 A closed float box looks like this:
17251 \begin_inset Graphics
17252 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
17257 -- a gray button with a red label.
17260 \begin_layout Standard
17261 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
17262 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
17265 \begin_layout Subsection
17269 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17271 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17272 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
17277 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17278 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
17285 \begin_layout Standard
17288 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17289 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17292 inserts a float with the label
17293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17298 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17306 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
17307 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
17308 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
17310 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17311 reference "cap:Platypus"
17316 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
17317 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
17318 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
17320 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17321 reference "cap:Escher"
17328 \begin_layout Standard
17329 \begin_inset Float figure
17334 \begin_layout Standard
17336 \begin_inset Graphics
17337 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17340 rotateOrigin center
17347 \begin_layout Standard
17348 \begin_inset Caption
17350 \begin_layout Standard
17351 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17352 name "cap:Platypus"
17356 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
17369 \begin_layout Standard
17370 \begin_inset Float figure
17375 \begin_layout Standard
17376 \begin_inset Caption
17378 \begin_layout Standard
17379 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17393 \begin_layout Standard
17395 \begin_inset Graphics
17396 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17399 rotateOrigin center
17411 \begin_layout Standard
17412 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
17414 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
17416 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17417 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17421 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
17423 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17426 and refer to it using the menu
17428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17432 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
17434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17441 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
17443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17453 \begin_layout Standard
17454 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
17455 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
17456 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
17462 in the appearing dialog, use the option
17466 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
17467 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17469 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17470 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17474 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
17475 You can also set the images one below the other.
17478 \begin_layout Standard
17479 \begin_inset Float figure
17484 \begin_layout Standard
17488 \begin_inset Graphics
17489 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17492 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
17499 \begin_inset Graphics
17500 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17504 subcaptionText "Platypus"
17513 \begin_layout Standard
17514 \begin_inset Caption
17516 \begin_layout Standard
17517 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17518 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17522 Two distorted images.
17535 \begin_layout Standard
17536 Note that the caption is added to the
17542 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17544 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17545 reference "sec:ListsOf"
17552 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17554 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17555 name "Floats ! Table floats"
17560 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17561 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17568 \begin_layout Standard
17569 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17571 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17572 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17576 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17580 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17581 reference "cap:Table-float"
17585 is an example of a table float.
17588 \begin_layout Standard
17589 \begin_inset Float table
17594 \begin_layout Standard
17595 \begin_inset Caption
17597 \begin_layout Standard
17598 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17599 name "cap:Table-float"
17611 \begin_layout Standard
17613 \begin_inset Tabular
17614 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17616 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17617 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17618 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17619 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17623 \begin_layout Standard
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Standard
17656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17659 \begin_layout Standard
17675 <row topline="true">
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Standard
17694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17697 \begin_layout Standard
17712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17715 \begin_layout Standard
17731 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Standard
17745 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17756 \begin_layout Standard
17766 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17768 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17779 \begin_layout Standard
17789 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17810 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17812 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17813 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17820 \begin_layout Standard
17821 This float type is inserted with the menu
17823 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17824 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17828 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17829 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17833 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17835 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17836 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17843 \begin_layout Standard
17844 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17847 \begin_layout Standard
17852 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17858 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17861 \begin_layout Standard
17866 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17870 \begin_layout Standard
17871 to the document preamble (menu
17873 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17897 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17899 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17900 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17905 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17906 name "sec:floatflt"
17913 \begin_layout Standard
17914 This float type is used if you want to
17915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17922 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17924 It can be inserted using the menu
17925 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17930 \begin_layout Standard
17931 \begin_inset Graphics
17932 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17935 rotateOrigin center
17942 \begin_layout Standard
17943 \begin_inset Caption
17945 \begin_layout Standard
17946 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17947 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17951 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17953 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17969 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17974 if the LaTeX-package
17979 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17980 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17988 \begin_layout Standard
17989 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17999 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
18001 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18003 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18004 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
18008 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
18009 wrap float with a width of 40
18010 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
18017 \begin_layout Standard
18018 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
18020 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18021 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
18030 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
18034 \begin_layout Standard
18039 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18040 If you need this, read the documentation of
18045 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18053 \begin_layout Standard
18054 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18057 \begin_layout Standard
18063 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18064 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18065 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18066 over some other text.
18070 \begin_layout Standard
18071 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18076 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18077 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
18085 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18098 \begin_layout Itemize
18099 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18100 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18101 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18102 breaks will appear.
18105 \begin_layout Itemize
18106 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18107 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18110 \begin_layout Itemize
18111 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18112 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18115 \begin_layout Itemize
18116 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18119 \begin_layout Subsection
18121 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18122 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18127 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18128 name "Floats ! Rotating"
18135 \begin_layout Standard
18136 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18137 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18140 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18146 \begin_layout Standard
18147 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18148 a two-column document).
18149 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
18150 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
18157 \begin_layout Standard
18158 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
18159 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
18161 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18162 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
18166 is an example of a rotated table float.
18169 \begin_layout Standard
18170 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18173 \begin_layout Standard
18178 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
18186 \begin_layout Standard
18187 \begin_inset Float table
18192 \begin_layout Standard
18193 \begin_inset Caption
18195 \begin_layout Standard
18196 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18197 name "cap:Rotated-table"
18209 \begin_layout Standard
18211 \begin_inset Tabular
18212 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
18214 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18215 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18216 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18217 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18218 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
18219 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Standard
18229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18232 \begin_layout Standard
18238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Standard
18247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Standard
18256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18259 \begin_layout Standard
18278 \begin_layout Subsection
18280 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18281 name "sub:Float-Placement"
18286 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18287 name "Floats ! Placement"
18294 \begin_layout Standard
18295 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
18296 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
18303 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
18304 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
18309 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18312 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
18314 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18315 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18322 \begin_layout Standard
18323 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
18324 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
18327 default\InsetSpace ~
18333 \begin_layout Description
18336 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
18339 \begin_layout Description
18342 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
18345 \begin_layout Description
18346 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18348 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
18351 \begin_layout Description
18354 floats: try to place the float on an own page
18357 \begin_layout Standard
18358 The order of the above option is
18363 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
18376 , and then the others.
18377 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
18379 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
18380 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
18383 \begin_layout Standard
18384 By default, each options has its own rules:
18387 \begin_layout Standard
18394 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18395 % of the page can be placed at the top
18399 \begin_layout Standard
18402 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18406 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18407 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
18411 \begin_layout Standard
18418 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18419 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
18420 can be set together on a page.
18423 \begin_layout Standard
18424 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
18427 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
18434 \begin_layout Standard
18435 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
18436 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
18437 For this case you can use the option
18443 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
18445 Because the float is then no longer able to
18446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18453 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
18456 \begin_layout Standard
18457 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
18458 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
18461 \begin_layout Standard
18462 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
18464 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18465 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
18472 \begin_layout Section
18474 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18480 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18481 name "sec:Minipages"
18488 \begin_layout Standard
18489 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
18491 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
18496 \begin_layout Standard
18497 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
18499 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18503 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
18504 and its alignment within the page.
18507 \begin_layout Standard
18509 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18518 height_special "totalheight"
18521 \begin_layout Standard
18524 This is a minipage.
18525 The text is set in an italic style.
18528 \begin_layout Standard
18531 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
18532 another formatting.
18540 \begin_layout Standard
18541 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18544 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
18548 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18550 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18551 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
18556 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18562 \begin_layout Standard
18563 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18572 height_special "totalheight"
18575 \begin_layout Standard
18576 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18577 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18585 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18594 height_special "totalheight"
18597 \begin_layout Standard
18598 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18599 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18607 \begin_layout Standard
18608 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
18614 \begin_layout Standard
18615 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
18616 to other box types.
18617 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
18628 \begin_layout Chapter
18629 Mathematical Formulas
18630 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18636 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18637 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18642 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18643 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18650 \begin_layout Section
18652 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18653 name "Math ! Basics"
18660 \begin_layout Standard
18661 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18662 \begin_inset Graphics
18663 filename ../images/math-mode.png
18668 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18670 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18671 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18672 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18680 \begin_layout Standard
18681 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
18687 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
18690 \begin_layout Standard
18691 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18692 line, like this one:
18695 \begin_layout Standard
18696 This is a line with an inline formula
18697 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18703 \begin_layout Standard
18704 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18706 \begin_inset Formula \[
18711 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18714 \begin_layout Standard
18715 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18731 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18732 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18736 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18744 \begin_layout Subsection
18745 Navigating in Formulas
18746 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18747 name "Math ! Navigating"
18754 \begin_layout Standard
18755 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18756 achieved with the arrow keys.
18757 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18758 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18763 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18764 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18768 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18772 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18774 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18782 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18787 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18788 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18791 \begin_layout Standard
18796 , printed in this document as
18797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18804 \begin_layout Standard
18814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18818 \begin_inset Note Note
18821 \begin_layout Standard
18822 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18823 space character (visible space).
18828 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18829 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18830 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18835 For example, if you want
18836 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18847 \begin_layout Standard
18866 \begin_layout Standard
18879 \begin_layout Standard
18890 , since in the latter case only the
18893 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18898 will be under the square root sign:
18899 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18905 \begin_layout Standard
18906 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18908 \begin_inset Formula \[
18909 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18912 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18916 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18917 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18920 \begin_layout Subsection
18924 \begin_layout Standard
18925 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18926 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18930 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18931 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18932 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18933 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18934 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18937 \begin_layout Subsection
18938 Exponents and Subscripts
18939 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18940 name "Math ! Exponents"
18945 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18946 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18953 \begin_layout Standard
18954 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18955 way is to use a command.
18957 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18960 , type in a formula
18966 \begin_layout Standard
18982 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18988 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18992 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
19001 \begin_layout Standard
19013 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
19015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19022 , you have to use an extra
19026 to separate the hat and the character.
19029 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
19038 \begin_layout Standard
19050 Subscripts are similar: To get
19051 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19060 \begin_layout Standard
19074 \begin_layout Subsection
19076 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19077 name "Math ! Fractions"
19084 \begin_layout Standard
19085 Create a fraction with either the command
19092 \begin_inset Graphics
19093 filename ../images/math/frac.png
19104 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
19105 The cursor is above the fraction line.
19106 To move it to the bottom, simply press
19111 To move back up, press
19116 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19117 \begin_inset Formula \[
19118 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19120 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19127 \begin_layout Subsection
19129 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19130 name "Math ! Roots"
19137 \begin_layout Standard
19138 Roots can be created using the
19144 \begin_inset Graphics
19145 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
19168 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
19174 produces always a square root.
19177 \begin_layout Subsection
19178 Operators with Limits
19179 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19185 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19186 name "Math ! Integrals"
19191 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19192 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19199 \begin_layout Standard
19201 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
19205 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
19208 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
19209 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
19210 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
19211 The sum operator will automatically place its
19212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19219 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
19222 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
19226 \begin_inset Formula \[
19227 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
19231 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
19235 \begin_layout Standard
19236 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
19238 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
19239 behind the operator and hitting
19245 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19246 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19247 Change\InsetSpace ~
19248 Limits\InsetSpace ~
19254 \begin_layout Standard
19255 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
19256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19263 feature as addition, such as
19264 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19265 name "Math ! Limits"
19270 \begin_inset Formula \[
19271 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
19275 which will place the
19276 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
19280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19288 In inline formulas it looks like this:
19289 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
19295 \begin_layout Standard
19296 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
19303 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
19305 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19306 reference "sub:Functions"
19310 for an explanation of function macros.
19313 \begin_layout Subsection
19315 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19316 name "Math ! Symbols"
19323 \begin_layout Standard
19324 Most math symbols can be found in the
19329 under one of several categories; including
19346 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19350 \begin_layout Standard
19351 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
19352 you don't have to use the
19357 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
19358 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
19361 \begin_layout Subsection
19363 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19364 name "Math ! Spaces"
19369 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19370 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
19377 \begin_layout Standard
19378 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
19390 \begin_inset Graphics
19391 filename ../images/math/space.png
19396 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
19397 Here a example for the sequence
19402 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19406 \begin_inset Graphics
19407 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
19412 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
19413 the space marker and hit space again several times.
19414 With every space hit the size will be changed.
19415 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
19420 \begin_layout Standard
19430 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19436 \begin_layout Standard
19446 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19452 \begin_layout Subsection
19454 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19455 name "Math ! Functions"
19460 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19461 name "sub:Functions"
19468 \begin_layout Standard
19474 contains under the button
19475 \begin_inset Graphics
19476 filename ../images/math/functions.png
19480 a number of functions, such as
19481 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19485 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19493 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
19500 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
19501 avoid confusions, because
19502 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19506 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
19512 \begin_layout Standard
19513 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
19515 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
19519 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
19525 \begin_layout Standard
19526 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
19527 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
19529 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19530 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19537 \begin_layout Subsection
19539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19540 name "Math ! Accents"
19547 \begin_layout Standard
19548 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19550 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19551 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19553 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19556 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19557 Our example is entered by typing
19565 \begin_layout Standard
19579 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19580 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19584 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19587 \begin_layout Standard
19588 \begin_inset Float table
19593 \begin_layout Standard
19594 \begin_inset Caption
19596 \begin_layout Standard
19597 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19598 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19602 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19610 \begin_layout Standard
19612 \begin_inset Tabular
19613 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19615 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19616 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19617 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19618 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19622 \begin_layout Standard
19628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19631 \begin_layout Standard
19637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19640 \begin_layout Standard
19656 <row topline="true">
19657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19660 \begin_layout Standard
19675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19678 \begin_layout Standard
19688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19691 \begin_layout Standard
19701 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19710 <row topline="true">
19711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19714 \begin_layout Standard
19729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19732 \begin_layout Standard
19742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19745 \begin_layout Standard
19755 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19764 <row topline="true">
19765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19768 \begin_layout Standard
19783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19786 \begin_layout Standard
19796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19799 \begin_layout Standard
19809 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19818 <row topline="true">
19819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19822 \begin_layout Standard
19837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19840 \begin_layout Standard
19850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19853 \begin_layout Standard
19863 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19872 <row topline="true">
19873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19876 \begin_layout Standard
19891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19894 \begin_layout Standard
19904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19907 \begin_layout Standard
19917 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19926 <row topline="true">
19927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19930 \begin_layout Standard
19945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19948 \begin_layout Standard
19958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19961 \begin_layout Standard
19971 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19980 <row topline="true">
19981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19984 \begin_layout Standard
19999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20002 \begin_layout Standard
20012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20015 \begin_layout Standard
20025 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
20034 <row topline="true">
20035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20038 \begin_layout Standard
20053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20056 \begin_layout Standard
20066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20069 \begin_layout Standard
20079 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20088 <row topline="true">
20089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20092 \begin_layout Standard
20107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20110 \begin_layout Standard
20120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20123 \begin_layout Standard
20133 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20142 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20146 \begin_layout Standard
20152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20155 \begin_layout Standard
20165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20168 \begin_layout Standard
20178 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
20199 \begin_layout Standard
20200 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
20206 \begin_inset Graphics
20207 filename ../images/math/hat.png
20211 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
20215 \begin_layout Section
20216 Brackets and Delimiters
20217 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20218 name "Math ! Brackets"
20223 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20224 name "Math ! Delimiters"
20229 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20230 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20237 \begin_layout Standard
20238 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20239 For most purposes, using just the keys
20244 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
20245 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
20251 \begin_inset Graphics
20252 filename ../images/math/delim.png
20257 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20259 \begin_inset Formula \[
20260 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20262 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
20266 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
20267 \begin_inset Formula \[
20268 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20275 \begin_layout Standard
20276 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
20277 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
20280 \begin_layout Standard
20281 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
20282 left side and right side.
20283 If you use the option
20288 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
20289 The selection will be shown below the button field.
20290 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20291 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
20294 \begin_layout Standard
20295 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
20296 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
20297 inside the brackets.
20298 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
20303 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20306 \begin_layout Standard
20307 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
20308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20318 \begin_layout Section
20320 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20321 name "Math ! Grouping"
20326 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20327 name "sec:Grouping"
20334 \begin_layout Standard
20335 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20336 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20347 \begin_layout Standard
20348 \begin_inset Formula \[
20349 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
20356 \begin_layout Standard
20357 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20372 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20373 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
20374 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
20377 \begin_layout Section
20378 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20379 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20380 name "Math ! Arrays"
20385 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20386 name "Math ! Matrices"
20391 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20392 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
20399 \begin_layout Standard
20400 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
20406 \begin_inset Graphics
20407 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
20412 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
20413 Here is an example:
20414 \begin_inset Formula \[
20415 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20418 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
20422 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
20424 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20425 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20430 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
20431 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20432 This alignment is set in the box
20437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20485 for every column as default.
20486 For example, the sequence
20487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20498 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20499 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
20500 corresponds to the relevant column.
20501 The result will look like this:
20502 \begin_inset Formula \[
20504 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20505 column & has & has\, right\\
20506 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20513 \begin_layout Standard
20514 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20518 while the cursor is in the matrix.
20519 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
20521 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20527 \begin_layout Standard
20528 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
20529 It can be created with the menu
20531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20532 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20544 \begin_inset Formula \[
20548 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20555 \begin_layout Standard
20556 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20559 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20567 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20576 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20584 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20585 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20586 A new row is created by every further hit of
20594 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20595 Here is an example:
20596 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20597 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20598 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20602 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20603 where you want to start the shift and hit
20608 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20609 position to the next column.
20610 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20611 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20612 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20613 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20620 \begin_layout Standard
20621 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20628 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20629 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20630 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20631 reference "eq:asquared"
20636 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20638 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20639 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20646 \begin_layout Section
20647 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20648 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20649 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20654 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20655 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20660 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20661 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20668 \begin_layout Standard
20669 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20671 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20672 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20673 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20682 The formula number appears in LyX as
20683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20690 within parentheses.
20692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20699 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20701 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20702 the document class.
20703 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20704 separated by a dot:
20705 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20706 1+1=2\end{equation}
20715 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20716 You can only number displayed formulas.
20719 \begin_layout Standard
20720 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20722 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20723 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20724 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20725 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20734 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20735 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20737 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20738 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20742 To number all lines use the shortcut
20750 \begin_layout Standard
20751 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20754 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20755 A label is inserted with the menu
20757 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20760 when the cursor is in the formula.
20761 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20762 It is recommended to use the proposed
20763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20774 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20775 type when you have many labels in your document.
20776 We inserted in the following example the label
20777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20784 in the second line:
20785 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20786 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20787 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20791 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20792 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20802 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20804 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20809 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20810 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20811 as the formula number:
20814 \begin_layout Standard
20815 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20816 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20817 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20824 \begin_layout Standard
20825 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20827 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20828 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20833 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20836 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20839 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20843 \begin_layout Standard
20844 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20852 \begin_layout Section
20853 User defined math macros
20854 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20855 name "Math ! Macros"
20860 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20861 name "sec:math-macros"
20868 \begin_layout Standard
20869 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20870 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20871 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20874 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20875 \begin_inset Formula \[
20876 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20880 The general form of its solution is:
20881 \begin_inset Formula \[
20882 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20889 \begin_layout Standard
20890 The macro should print the parameters
20891 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20895 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20899 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20902 like in the equation above.
20905 \begin_layout Standard
20906 A macro is created by executing the command
20909 \begin_layout Standard
20916 \begin_layout Standard
20929 \begin_layout Standard
20938 Number\InsetSpace ~
20943 \begin_layout Standard
20944 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20945 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20946 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20947 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20951 \begin_layout Standard
20952 We have three arguments and name the macro
20953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20960 , so that the command is:
20963 \begin_layout Standard
20970 \begin_layout Standard
20983 \begin_layout Standard
20995 \begin_layout Standard
20996 This results in the following macro definition box:
20997 \begin_inset Graphics
20998 filename clipart/macrobox.png
21003 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
21004 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21005 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
21009 \begin_inset Note Note
21012 \begin_layout Standard
21013 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
21014 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
21022 \begin_layout Standard
21023 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
21024 the math panel or commands.
21025 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
21026 followed by the argument number, e.g.
21028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21037 for the first argument.
21038 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
21039 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
21040 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
21041 in LyX with its full size.
21042 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
21043 In our example we insert the sequence
21073 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
21076 \begin_layout Standard
21077 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
21078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21092 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
21095 \begin_layout Standard
21097 \begin_inset Graphics
21098 filename clipart/macrouse.png
21105 \begin_layout Standard
21106 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
21107 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
21108 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
21109 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
21110 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
21113 \begin_layout Standard
21114 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
21115 to the new definition.
21116 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
21117 \begin_inset Formula $x$
21121 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
21125 \begin_inset Formula $B$
21129 \begin_inset Formula \[
21130 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
21137 \begin_layout Standard
21138 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
21142 \begin_layout Standard
21161 \begin_layout Standard
21176 \begin_layout Standard
21187 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21190 \begin_layout Standard
21191 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
21192 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
21193 definition box in your document.
21194 There are also some other restrictions: The command
21196 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
21198 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
21203 \begin_layout Section
21207 \begin_layout Subsection
21209 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21210 name "Math ! Typefaces"
21217 \begin_layout Standard
21218 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
21219 To set a font in a formula, use the
21225 \begin_inset Graphics
21226 filename ../images/math/font.png
21230 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
21232 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21233 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21240 \begin_layout Standard
21241 \begin_inset Float table
21246 \begin_layout Standard
21247 \begin_inset Caption
21249 \begin_layout Standard
21250 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21251 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21255 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
21263 \begin_layout Standard
21265 \begin_inset Tabular
21266 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
21268 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21269 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21270 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21274 \begin_layout Standard
21280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21283 \begin_layout Standard
21290 <row topline="true">
21291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21294 \begin_layout Standard
21301 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
21309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21312 \begin_layout Standard
21323 <row topline="true">
21324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21327 \begin_layout Standard
21328 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
21336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21339 \begin_layout Standard
21350 <row topline="true">
21351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21354 \begin_layout Standard
21355 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
21363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21366 \begin_layout Standard
21377 <row topline="true">
21378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21381 \begin_layout Standard
21388 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21399 \begin_layout Standard
21410 <row topline="true">
21411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21414 \begin_layout Standard
21415 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
21423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21426 \begin_layout Standard
21437 <row topline="true">
21438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21441 \begin_layout Standard
21442 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21453 \begin_layout Standard
21464 <row topline="true">
21465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21468 \begin_layout Standard
21476 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21487 \begin_layout Standard
21498 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21502 \begin_layout Standard
21503 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21514 \begin_layout Standard
21537 \begin_layout Standard
21538 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21541 \begin_layout Standard
21546 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
21562 \begin_layout Standard
21563 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
21564 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
21569 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
21570 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21571 Here an example where a
21572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21583 denotes the set of numbers:
21584 \begin_inset Formula \[
21585 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21592 \begin_layout Standard
21593 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21604 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21609 So better don't use this feature.
21612 \begin_layout Standard
21613 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
21614 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21619 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21625 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21626 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21632 \begin_layout Standard
21639 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21642 \begin_layout Standard
21643 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21645 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21646 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21653 \begin_layout Subsection
21655 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21663 \begin_layout Standard
21664 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21666 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21669 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21679 \begin_inset Graphics
21680 filename ../images/math/font.png
21684 (alternatively the shortcut
21690 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21691 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21692 Here is an example:
21693 \begin_inset Formula \[
21695 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21696 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21703 \begin_layout Subsection
21705 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21706 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21713 \begin_layout Standard
21714 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21715 automatically chosen in most situations.
21733 For most characters,
21741 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21742 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21747 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21748 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21749 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21750 \begin_inset Graphics
21751 filename ../images/math/style.png
21756 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21757 For example, you can set
21758 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21761 , which is normally in
21770 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21774 The four styles are used in the following example:
21777 \begin_layout Standard
21778 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21782 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21786 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21790 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21796 \begin_layout Standard
21797 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21798 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21800 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21804 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21805 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21806 will be adjusted to correspond.
21807 As example a formula in the font size
21808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21818 \begin_layout Standard
21822 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21828 \begin_layout Section
21830 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21836 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21844 \begin_layout Standard
21845 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21846 (AMS) that are in common use.
21849 \begin_layout Subsection
21850 Enabling AMS-Support
21853 \begin_layout Standard
21854 Selecting the checkbox
21863 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21867 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21868 name "Document ! Settings"
21877 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21879 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21880 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
21883 \begin_layout Subsection
21885 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21886 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21891 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21892 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21899 \begin_layout Standard
21900 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21901 LyX allows you to choose between
21922 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21925 \begin_layout Chapter
21929 \begin_layout Section
21931 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21932 name "Cross references"
21937 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21938 name "sec:Cross-References"
21945 \begin_layout Standard
21946 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21947 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21949 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21950 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21951 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21954 \begin_layout Enumerate
21958 \begin_layout Enumerate
21959 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21960 name "enu:Second-item"
21967 \begin_layout Enumerate
21971 \begin_layout Standard
21972 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21977 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21978 \begin_inset Graphics
21979 filename ../images/label-insert.png
21985 A grey label box like this:
21986 \begin_inset Graphics
21987 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21992 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21993 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22028 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
22029 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
22030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22044 \begin_layout Standard
22045 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
22047 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22050 or the toolbar button
22051 \begin_inset Graphics
22052 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
22058 A grey cross-reference box like this:
22059 \begin_inset Graphics
22060 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
22065 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
22067 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
22068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22080 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
22082 Here is our cross-reference:
22085 \begin_layout Standard
22088 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22089 reference "enu:Second-item"
22096 \begin_layout Standard
22097 It is recommended to use a protected space
22101 \begin_layout Standard
22102 described in section\InsetSpace ~
22104 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22105 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
22114 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
22118 \begin_layout Standard
22119 There are six varieties of cross-references:
22122 \begin_layout Description
22123 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
22124 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22125 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22132 \begin_layout Description
22133 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
22134 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
22136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22144 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
22145 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22152 \begin_layout Description
22153 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
22155 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
22156 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22163 \begin_layout Description
22166 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
22167 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
22168 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22175 \begin_layout Description
22176 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
22179 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
22181 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
22182 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22189 \begin_layout Description
22190 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
22191 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
22194 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22197 \begin_layout Standard
22202 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
22205 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22206 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
22220 \begin_layout Standard
22221 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
22222 the previous, the same, or the next page.
22223 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22240 \begin_layout Standard
22241 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
22242 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
22243 The varieties are adjusted in the field
22247 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
22251 \begin_layout Standard
22252 You can only use the style
22256 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
22260 is always possible.
22263 \begin_layout Standard
22264 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
22265 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
22266 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
22267 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
22269 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22270 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22277 \begin_layout Standard
22284 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
22285 The button text changes then to
22290 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
22291 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
22292 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
22296 \begin_layout Standard
22297 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
22298 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
22299 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
22302 \begin_layout Standard
22303 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
22304 marks in the output instead of the reference.
22307 \begin_layout Standard
22308 References are described in detail in the
22315 \begin_layout Section
22316 Table of Contents and other Listings
22317 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22318 name "Table of contents"
22323 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22329 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22337 \begin_layout Subsection
22338 Table of Contents and Outline
22339 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22340 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
22347 \begin_layout Standard
22348 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
22350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22351 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22357 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
22358 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
22359 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
22360 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
22367 \begin_layout Standard
22368 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
22369 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
22370 in section\InsetSpace ~
22372 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22373 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
22377 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
22378 Section\InsetSpace ~
22380 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22381 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
22385 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
22387 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
22388 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
22389 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
22392 \begin_layout Standard
22393 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
22395 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
22397 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22403 \begin_layout Subsection
22404 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
22405 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22413 \begin_layout Standard
22414 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
22415 You can insert them via the
22417 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22423 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
22426 \begin_layout Section
22427 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22428 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22434 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22442 \begin_layout Standard
22443 It is often desirable to include long
22444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22451 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
22452 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
22453 to typeset properly.
22454 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22455 resulting in an overfull line.
22456 To avoid this, use the menu
22458 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22461 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
22464 \begin_layout Standard
22465 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
22469 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
22474 \begin_layout Standard
22475 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22476 name "LyX-Homepage"
22477 target "http://www.lyx.org"
22484 \begin_layout Standard
22485 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22495 \begin_layout Itemize
22496 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22497 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22511 \begin_layout Itemize
22512 URLs must not end with a backslash!
22515 \begin_layout Section
22517 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22523 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22524 name "sec:Appendices"
22531 \begin_layout Standard
22532 Appendices are created with the menu
22534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22536 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22540 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22541 as appendix region.
22542 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22545 \begin_layout Standard
22546 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22547 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
22548 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22549 and the subsection number.
22550 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22554 \begin_layout Standard
22555 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22557 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22558 reference "cha:Credits"
22562 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22564 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22565 reference "sub:Export"
22572 \begin_layout Section
22574 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22575 name "Bibliography"
22580 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22581 name "sec:Bibliography"
22588 \begin_layout Standard
22589 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22590 You can include a bibliography database
22594 \begin_layout Standard
22595 Known under the name
22596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22608 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22610 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22614 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22616 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22617 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
22624 \begin_layout Standard
22629 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22631 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22640 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22642 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22651 , a short form of its title, as key.
22654 \begin_layout Standard
22655 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22657 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22660 or the toobar button
22661 \begin_inset Graphics
22662 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
22663 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22668 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22669 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22670 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22671 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22675 \begin_layout Standard
22676 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22677 with surrounding brackets.
22682 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22683 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22695 \begin_layout Standard
22698 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22701 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22702 key "latexcompanion"
22709 \begin_layout Standard
22710 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22711 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22719 \begin_layout Subsection
22720 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22721 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22722 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22727 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22728 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22733 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22734 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
22741 \begin_layout Standard
22742 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22744 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
22746 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22747 your working field in a database.
22748 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22749 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22752 \begin_layout Standard
22753 The database is a text file with the file extension
22754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22765 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22766 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22767 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22768 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22773 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22777 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22778 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22784 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22787 \begin_layout Standard
22788 To use a database, use the menu
22790 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22795 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22800 \begin_layout Standard
22811 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22812 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22815 \begin_layout Standard
22816 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22828 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22829 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22830 take care of the layout.
22833 \begin_layout Standard
22834 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22837 \begin_layout Standard
22838 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22844 \begin_layout Standard
22845 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22847 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22858 \begin_layout Standard
22873 \begin_layout Standard
22884 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
22892 \begin_layout Standard
22893 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22899 \begin_layout Standard
22900 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22901 the two methods of creating them.
22902 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
22903 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
22904 We used the style file
22908 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22911 \begin_layout Subsection
22912 Bibliography layout
22913 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22914 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22921 \begin_layout Standard
22922 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
22923 For this feature you need to use the option
22929 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22933 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22934 name "Document ! Settings"
22943 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
22944 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
22945 in the previous section.
22948 \begin_layout Standard
22949 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22950 in the citation reference window.
22951 Here an example where we set the text
22952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22955 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22960 to appear after the reference:
22963 \begin_layout Standard
22965 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22967 key "latexcompanion"
22974 \begin_layout Section
22976 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22977 name "Index generation"
22982 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22990 \begin_layout Standard
22991 An index entry is created if you use the menu
22993 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22997 or the toolbar button
22998 \begin_inset Graphics
22999 filename ../images/index-insert.png
23000 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23017 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
23018 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
23019 by LyX as index entry.
23022 \begin_layout Standard
23023 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23026 \begin_layout Standard
23031 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
23032 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
23037 Therefore you cannot insert
23040 \begin_layout Standard
23046 \begin_layout Standard
23047 to an index entry field, because the
23048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23055 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
23057 The correct entry is
23060 \begin_layout Standard
23068 \begin_layout Standard
23069 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
23070 ways using special LaTeX commands.
23071 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
23072 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
23074 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23075 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23082 \begin_layout Standard
23083 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
23086 \begin_layout Standard
23087 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
23089 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23092 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23097 A light blue box labeled
23098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23109 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
23110 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
23113 \begin_layout Subsection
23114 Grouping Index Entries
23115 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23116 name "Index ! Grouping"
23123 \begin_layout Standard
23124 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
23126 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
23127 lists under the entry
23128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23136 First we create the entry
23137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23144 in section\InsetSpace ~
23146 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23147 reference "sub:Lists"
23152 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
23154 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23155 reference "sec:Itemize"
23159 , we insert the command
23162 \begin_layout Standard
23168 \begin_layout Standard
23172 \begin_layout Standard
23178 \begin_layout Standard
23179 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
23181 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23182 reference "sec:Enumerate"
23189 \begin_layout Standard
23190 The exclamation mark
23191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23198 marks the grouping levels.
23199 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
23200 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
23201 If we don't have an index entry for
23202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23209 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
23212 \begin_layout Subsection
23214 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23215 name "Index ! Page ranges"
23222 \begin_layout Standard
23223 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
23225 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
23226 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
23227 in section\InsetSpace ~
23229 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23230 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
23237 \begin_layout Standard
23240 Paragraph environments|(
23243 \begin_layout Standard
23244 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
23246 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23247 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
23254 \begin_layout Standard
23257 Paragraph environments|)
23260 \begin_layout Standard
23262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23285 respectively starts and ends the index range.
23286 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
23287 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
23288 the pages of the indexed document parts.
23289 An example is the index entry
23290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23293 Document ! Settings
23294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23300 \begin_layout Subsection
23302 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23303 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
23310 \begin_layout Standard
23311 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
23312 We referred for example in the index entry
23313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23320 (in section\InsetSpace ~
23322 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23323 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
23327 ) to the index entry
23328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23335 in the same section using the command
23338 \begin_layout Standard
23341 GIF|see{Image formats}
23344 \begin_layout Standard
23345 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
23346 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
23349 \begin_layout Subsection
23351 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23352 name "Index ! Entry order"
23359 \begin_layout Standard
23360 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
23361 then not follow the rules for the index order.
23362 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
23366 \begin_layout Standard
23367 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
23368 section\InsetSpace ~
23370 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23371 reference "sub:Index-Program"
23380 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
23381 We created as example the three dummy index entries
23382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23406 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23407 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
23412 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23413 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
23418 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23419 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
23423 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
23424 order maïs, maison, maître.
23425 To achieve this, we use the command
23428 \begin_layout Standard
23431 previous entry@current entry
23434 \begin_layout Standard
23435 In our case we want to have
23436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23451 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
23454 \begin_layout Standard
23460 \begin_layout Standard
23461 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
23462 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
23466 \begin_layout Subsection
23468 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23469 name "Index ! Entry layout"
23476 \begin_layout Standard
23477 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
23478 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
23481 \begin_layout Standard
23486 textit{This is an italic entry}
23489 \begin_layout Standard
23496 produces the italic layout.
23497 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23498 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
23502 We refer to LaTeX books (
23503 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23504 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23508 ) for an overview of layout commands.
23509 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
23510 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
23514 \begin_layout Standard
23519 textit{This is an italic entry}
23522 \begin_layout Standard
23523 You can also format the page number using the character
23524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23531 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
23532 We can write for example
23535 \begin_layout Standard
23538 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
23541 \begin_layout Standard
23542 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
23543 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23544 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
23548 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
23550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23565 command{page\InsetSpace ~
23569 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
23571 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23572 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23576 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
23579 \begin_layout Standard
23580 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
23582 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
23583 for all index entries.
23586 \begin_layout Subsection
23588 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23589 name "Index ! Program"
23594 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23595 name "sub:Index-Program"
23602 \begin_layout Standard
23603 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
23608 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
23609 see section\InsetSpace ~
23611 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23612 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
23617 The available options are listed and explained in
23618 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23626 \begin_layout Standard
23627 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23635 \begin_layout Section
23636 Nomenclature / Glossary
23637 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23638 name "Nomenclature"
23643 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23644 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23649 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23650 name "sec:Nomenclature"
23657 \begin_layout Standard
23658 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23659 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23663 \begin_layout Standard
23664 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23667 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23668 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23675 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23676 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23681 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23684 \begin_layout Standard
23685 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23686 and then use the menu
23688 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23693 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23696 or the toobar button
23697 \begin_inset Graphics
23698 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
23699 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23716 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23719 \begin_layout Standard
23720 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23721 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23722 The second is the description of the symbol.
23725 \begin_layout Standard
23726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23729 \begin_layout Standard
23734 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23735 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23743 \begin_layout Subsection
23744 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23745 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23746 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23753 \begin_layout Standard
23754 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23758 field as LaTeX-formula.
23760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23764 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23789 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23790 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23802 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23812 \begin_layout Standard
23813 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23815 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23816 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23823 \begin_layout Standard
23829 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23830 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23835 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23842 in this document is:
23846 dummy entry for the character
23868 font use the command
23897 \begin_layout Subsection
23898 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
23899 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23900 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
23907 \begin_layout Standard
23908 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
23909 the symbol definition.
23910 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
23911 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
23914 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23916 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
23923 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23927 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23930 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
23935 They will be sorted by
23936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23962 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23965 will be sorted before the
23969 since the character
23970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23977 is considered in sorting.
23980 \begin_layout Standard
23981 To control the sort order, you can edit the
23986 field of the nomenclature dialog.
23987 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
23989 For the given example, you can insert
23993 to this field for the
23994 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
24001 will be located before
24002 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
24008 \begin_layout Standard
24009 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
24014 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24022 \begin_layout Subsection
24023 Nomenclature Options
24024 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24025 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
24032 \begin_layout Standard
24037 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
24038 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
24041 \begin_layout Description
24042 refeq Appends the phrase
24043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24058 to every nomenclature entry, where
24064 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
24067 \begin_layout Description
24068 refpage Appends the phrase
24069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24084 to every nomenclature entry, where
24090 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
24093 \begin_layout Description
24094 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
24097 \begin_layout Standard
24098 There are furthermore the options
24142 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
24146 \begin_layout Standard
24147 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
24148 class options list in the
24150 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24154 In this document the options
24165 \begin_layout Standard
24166 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24172 \begin_layout Standard
24173 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
24174 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
24179 field in the nomenclature dialog:
24182 \begin_layout Description
24192 \begin_layout Description
24195 nomrefpage Like the
24202 \begin_layout Description
24205 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
24214 \begin_layout Description
24217 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
24220 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
24223 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
24226 \begin_layout Subsection
24227 Printing the Nomenclature
24228 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24229 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
24236 \begin_layout Standard
24237 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
24239 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24242 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24246 A light blue box labeled
24247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24258 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
24259 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
24262 \begin_layout Standard
24263 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
24264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24272 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
24280 For example, in order to change the name to
24284 , add the following line to the preamble:
24287 \begin_layout Standard
24295 nomname}{List of Symbols}
24298 \begin_layout Standard
24299 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24305 \begin_layout Standard
24306 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
24307 by adding the following line to the preamble:
24310 \begin_layout Standard
24318 nomlabelwidth}{width}
24321 \begin_layout Standard
24324 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24326 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24327 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
24332 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24336 \begin_layout Section
24338 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24344 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24345 name "Document ! Branches"
24350 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24351 name "sec:Branches"
24358 \begin_layout Standard
24359 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
24360 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
24361 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
24362 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
24365 \begin_layout Standard
24366 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
24367 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
24368 To create a branch, go in the
24370 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24378 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
24379 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
24382 \begin_layout Standard
24383 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
24384 These boxes are inserted via the menu
24386 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24389 where you can choose a branch.
24390 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
24393 \begin_layout Standard
24394 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
24395 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
24398 \begin_layout Standard
24399 \begin_inset Branch Question
24402 \begin_layout Standard
24403 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
24411 \begin_layout Standard
24412 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24415 \begin_layout Standard
24416 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
24424 \begin_layout Standard
24425 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24431 \begin_layout Standard
24432 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
24433 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
24435 For example you can define for the question branch
24439 \begin_layout Standard
24440 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section\InsetSpace ~
24442 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24443 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24455 \begin_layout Standard
24465 \begin_layout Standard
24475 \begin_layout Standard
24476 and for the answer branch
24479 \begin_layout Standard
24489 \begin_layout Standard
24499 \begin_layout Standard
24500 \begin_inset Branch Question
24503 \begin_layout Standard
24507 \begin_layout Standard
24516 \begin_layout Standard
24535 \begin_layout Standard
24536 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24539 \begin_layout Standard
24543 \begin_layout Standard
24552 \begin_layout Standard
24571 \begin_layout Standard
24572 Now it is possible to use the commands
24576 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
24583 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
24586 to obtain conditional output.
24587 Here is an example formula where only the
24594 \begin_inset Formula \[
24595 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
24602 \begin_layout Standard
24603 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section\InsetSpace ~
24605 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24606 reference "sec:math-macros"
24613 \begin_layout Section
24614 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
24615 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24623 \begin_layout Subsection
24625 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24631 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24632 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
24639 \begin_layout Standard
24640 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
24641 constructs, but not all.
24642 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
24643 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
24644 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
24645 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24646 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
24647 and their commands.
24650 \begin_layout Standard
24651 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
24654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24661 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
24662 An ERT box is created by the menu
24664 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24667 or by the toolbar button
24668 \begin_inset Graphics
24669 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
24674 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
24687 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
24688 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
24699 \begin_layout Standard
24700 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
24701 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
24702 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
24709 , you can write the command part
24715 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
24719 in a second ERT box behind the word.
24720 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
24724 \begin_layout Standard
24725 \begin_inset Graphics
24726 filename clipart/ERT.png
24734 \begin_layout Standard
24738 \begin_layout Standard
24739 This is a line with a
24743 \begin_layout Standard
24756 \begin_layout Standard
24766 \begin_layout Standard
24767 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24770 \begin_layout Standard
24775 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
24776 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
24784 \begin_layout Subsection
24785 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
24786 \begin_inset OptArg
24789 \begin_layout Standard
24796 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24797 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24802 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24803 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24810 \begin_layout Standard
24811 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24812 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24813 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24822 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24823 every time if you know the right commands.
24825 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24826 the end of the day.
24827 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24828 all caption labels bold.
24829 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24831 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24834 \begin_layout Standard
24835 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24836 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24837 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24839 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24847 \begin_layout Standard
24848 As result you know that the package
24853 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24854 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24859 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24867 \begin_layout Standard
24872 usepackage[options]{package name}
24875 \begin_layout Standard
24876 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24877 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24878 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24881 \begin_layout Standard
24882 In your case the package name is
24887 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24892 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24893 So you add the command
24896 \begin_layout Standard
24901 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24904 \begin_layout Standard
24905 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24909 \begin_layout Standard
24910 For more commands provided by the
24914 package, have a look at its documentation,
24915 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24928 \begin_layout Standard
24929 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24931 For example if you use a
24935 class, you don't need the package
24939 , you can instead write
24942 \begin_layout Standard
24947 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24952 \begin_layout Standard
24953 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24954 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24955 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24962 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24965 \begin_layout Standard
24966 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24967 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24969 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24973 \begin_layout Standard
24974 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24976 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24977 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24985 \begin_layout Section
24986 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24987 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24988 name "Instant preview"
24993 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24994 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24999 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25000 name "Document ! Preview"
25007 \begin_layout Standard
25008 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
25009 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
25010 to break your train of thought with
25012 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25018 \begin_layout Standard
25019 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
25020 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
25023 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25024 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
25030 as explained below, and turn on
25032 Instant\InsetSpace ~
25037 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25044 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25050 \begin_layout Standard
25051 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
25053 Previews of an already loaded document are
25057 generated just by selecting the
25059 Instant\InsetSpace ~
25062 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
25065 \begin_layout Standard
25066 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
25067 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
25072 check box in the insert dialog.
25073 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
25077 \begin_layout Standard
25078 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
25082 (on some systems named simply
25087 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25089 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25094 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25095 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
25103 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
25107 \begin_layout Standard
25108 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25114 \begin_layout Standard
25115 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
25119 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25123 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
25124 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
25126 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
25127 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
25128 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
25129 the source view window.
25132 \begin_layout Section
25134 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25135 name "sec:Spellchecking"
25140 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25141 name "Spell checking"
25148 \begin_layout Standard
25149 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
25150 Rather it uses one of the external programs
25167 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
25173 can be seen as successor of
25177 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
25182 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
25183 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
25191 \begin_layout Standard
25192 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
25193 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
25200 \begin_layout Standard
25203 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25206 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
25207 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
25208 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
25209 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
25210 scrolled so that it is visible.
25215 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
25217 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
25221 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
25222 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
25225 \begin_layout Standard
25226 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
25229 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25233 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
25234 will bring an error message.
25235 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
25236 specifying a different
25238 Alternative language
25240 in preferences dialog.
25243 \begin_layout Standard
25244 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
25247 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25251 \begin_layout Standard
25252 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
25253 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
25255 But you can use the
25264 \begin_layout Standard
25265 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
25266 This does work with
25270 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
25273 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25277 \begin_layout Standard
25282 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
25285 \begin_layout Description
25286 Escape\InsetSpace ~
25287 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
25288 checker should consider, e.g.
25289 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
25290 This should not normally be needed.
25293 \begin_layout Description
25294 Personal\InsetSpace ~
25295 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
25296 choice as your personal dictionary
25299 \begin_layout Description
25300 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25301 compound\InsetSpace ~
25302 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
25304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25314 \begin_layout Description
25317 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
25319 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25326 also for the spellchecker.
25330 \begin_layout Standard
25331 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25333 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25334 reference "sub:Settings"
25343 Only enable this if you use
25347 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
25348 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
25349 so this is disabled by default.
25352 \begin_layout Section
25354 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25360 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25361 name "sec:Thesaurus"
25368 \begin_layout Standard
25369 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
25372 \begin_layout Standard
25373 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
25376 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25379 or the toolbar button
25380 \begin_inset Graphics
25381 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
25382 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25383 rotateOrigin center
25388 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
25392 \begin_layout Standard
25393 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
25394 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
25395 cases to find related words.
25398 \begin_layout Standard
25399 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
25401 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
25402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25409 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
25410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25418 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
25419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25437 \begin_layout Section
25439 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25440 name "Change Tracking"
25445 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25446 name "Document ! Change Tracking"
25451 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25452 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
25459 \begin_layout Standard
25460 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
25461 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
25462 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
25463 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
25465 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25466 Change\InsetSpace ~
25467 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25474 \begin_layout Standard
25475 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
25484 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
25495 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25496 name "Color ! LyX screen"
25503 \begin_layout Standard
25504 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
25505 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25506 name "Toolbar ! Review"
25513 \begin_layout Standard
25514 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25520 \begin_layout Standard
25521 \begin_inset Graphics
25522 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
25529 \begin_layout Standard
25530 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25536 \begin_layout Standard
25537 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
25541 \begin_layout Standard
25542 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25548 \begin_layout Standard
25549 \begin_inset Tabular
25550 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
25551 <features islongtable="true">
25552 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25553 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25554 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25558 \begin_layout Standard
25559 \begin_inset Graphics
25560 filename ../images/changes-track.png
25561 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25562 rotateOrigin center
25571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25574 \begin_layout Standard
25577 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25578 Change\InsetSpace ~
25579 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25591 \begin_layout Standard
25592 \begin_inset Graphics
25593 filename ../images/changes-output.png
25594 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25595 rotateOrigin center
25604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25607 \begin_layout Standard
25610 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25611 Change\InsetSpace ~
25612 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25614 Changes\InsetSpace ~
25622 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25626 \begin_layout Standard
25627 \begin_inset Graphics
25628 filename ../images/change-next.png
25629 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25630 rotateOrigin center
25639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25642 \begin_layout Standard
25643 Jumps to the next change
25649 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25653 \begin_layout Standard
25654 \begin_inset Graphics
25655 filename ../images/change-accept.png
25656 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25657 rotateOrigin center
25666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25669 \begin_layout Standard
25672 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25673 Change\InsetSpace ~
25674 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25675 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25682 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25686 \begin_layout Standard
25687 \begin_inset Graphics
25688 filename ../images/change-reject.png
25689 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25690 rotateOrigin center
25699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25705 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25706 Change\InsetSpace ~
25707 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25708 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25715 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25719 \begin_layout Standard
25720 \begin_inset Graphics
25721 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
25722 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25723 rotateOrigin center
25732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25735 \begin_layout Standard
25738 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25739 Change\InsetSpace ~
25740 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25752 \begin_layout Standard
25753 \begin_inset Graphics
25754 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
25755 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25756 rotateOrigin center
25765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25768 \begin_layout Standard
25771 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25772 Change\InsetSpace ~
25773 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25774 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25782 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25786 \begin_layout Standard
25787 \begin_inset Graphics
25788 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
25789 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25790 rotateOrigin center
25799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25802 \begin_layout Standard
25805 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25806 Change\InsetSpace ~
25807 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25808 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25816 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25820 \begin_layout Standard
25821 \begin_inset Graphics
25822 filename ../images/note-insert.png
25823 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25824 rotateOrigin center
25833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25836 \begin_layout Standard
25839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25840 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25852 \begin_layout Standard
25853 \begin_inset Graphics
25854 filename ../images/note-next.png
25855 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25856 rotateOrigin center
25865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25868 \begin_layout Standard
25871 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25886 \begin_layout Standard
25887 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25893 \begin_layout Standard
25894 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
25895 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
25896 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
25897 the next change behind the current cursor position.
25898 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
25899 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
25900 step to the next change.
25901 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
25904 \begin_layout Standard
25905 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
25906 to describe a change.
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25910 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
25913 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25914 name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
25921 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25922 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25927 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25930 \begin_layout Section
25931 International Support
25932 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25933 name "International support"
25940 \begin_layout Standard
25941 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
25942 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
25943 how to set up LyX to use them:
25944 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25945 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
25952 \begin_layout Standard
25953 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
25955 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25956 reference "sub:Special-Character"
25963 \begin_layout Subsection
25965 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25966 name "Language ! Options"
25971 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25972 name "Document ! Settings"
25977 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25978 name "Document ! Language"
25985 \begin_layout Standard
25988 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25991 dialog lets you set
25993 the language and character encoding for your language.
25997 \begin_layout Standard
25998 Choose your language in the
26002 section of this dialog.
26010 \begin_layout Standard
26015 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
26019 use language's default encoding
26021 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
26022 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
26024 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26025 reference "sub:Settings"
26032 \begin_layout Subsection
26033 Keyboard mapping configuration
26036 \begin_layout Standard
26037 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
26038 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
26039 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
26040 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
26041 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
26042 see section\InsetSpace ~
26044 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26045 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
26050 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
26051 which one you want to use.
26054 \begin_layout Standard
26055 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
26056 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
26057 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
26058 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
26059 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
26060 one to support the characters you want.
26061 This and much more customizations are explained in the
26068 \begin_layout Subsection
26070 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26078 \begin_layout Standard
26081 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26082 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
26091 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
26095 \begin_layout Standard
26096 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
26097 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
26105 \begin_layout Itemize
26106 Even if you have selected
26112 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26115 dialog, users who have only the
26119 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
26123 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
26124 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
26125 french quotes won't show up.
26128 \begin_layout Standard
26129 \begin_inset Float table
26134 \begin_layout Standard
26135 \begin_inset Caption
26137 \begin_layout Standard
26138 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26139 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
26155 \begin_layout Standard
26157 \begin_inset Tabular
26158 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
26160 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26161 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26162 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26163 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26164 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26165 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26166 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26168 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26169 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26170 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26171 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26172 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26173 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26174 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26175 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26176 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26177 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
26178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26181 \begin_layout Standard
26187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26190 \begin_layout Standard
26205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26208 \begin_layout Standard
26223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26226 \begin_layout Standard
26241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26244 \begin_layout Standard
26259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26280 \begin_layout Standard
26295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26298 \begin_layout Standard
26313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26316 \begin_layout Standard
26331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26334 \begin_layout Standard
26349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26352 \begin_layout Standard
26367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26370 \begin_layout Standard
26385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26388 \begin_layout Standard
26403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26406 \begin_layout Standard
26421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26424 \begin_layout Standard
26439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26442 \begin_layout Standard
26457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26460 \begin_layout Standard
26476 <row topline="true">
26477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26480 \begin_layout Standard
26495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26498 \begin_layout Standard
26504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26507 \begin_layout Standard
26513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26516 \begin_layout Standard
26522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26525 \begin_layout Standard
26539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26542 \begin_layout Standard
26556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26559 \begin_layout Standard
26573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26576 \begin_layout Standard
26590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26593 \begin_layout Standard
26607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26610 \begin_layout Standard
26616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26619 \begin_layout Standard
26625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26628 \begin_layout Standard
26634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26637 \begin_layout Standard
26651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26654 \begin_layout Standard
26668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26671 \begin_layout Standard
26685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26688 \begin_layout Standard
26702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26705 \begin_layout Standard
26720 <row topline="true">
26721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26724 \begin_layout Standard
26739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26742 \begin_layout Standard
26748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26751 \begin_layout Standard
26757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26760 \begin_layout Standard
26774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26777 \begin_layout Standard
26791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26794 \begin_layout Standard
26808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26811 \begin_layout Standard
26825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26828 \begin_layout Standard
26842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26845 \begin_layout Standard
26859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26862 \begin_layout Standard
26868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26871 \begin_layout Standard
26877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26880 \begin_layout Standard
26894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26897 \begin_layout Standard
26911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26914 \begin_layout Standard
26928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26931 \begin_layout Standard
26945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26948 \begin_layout Standard
26962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26965 \begin_layout Standard
26980 <row topline="true">
26981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26984 \begin_layout Standard
26999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27002 \begin_layout Standard
27008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27011 \begin_layout Standard
27017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27020 \begin_layout Standard
27029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27040 \begin_layout Standard
27054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27057 \begin_layout Standard
27071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27074 \begin_layout Standard
27088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27091 \begin_layout Standard
27105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27108 \begin_layout Standard
27122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27125 \begin_layout Standard
27131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27134 \begin_layout Standard
27140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27143 \begin_layout Standard
27149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27152 \begin_layout Standard
27166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27169 \begin_layout Standard
27183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27186 \begin_layout Standard
27200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27220 \begin_layout Standard
27235 <row topline="true">
27236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27239 \begin_layout Standard
27254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27257 \begin_layout Standard
27263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27266 \begin_layout Standard
27272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27275 \begin_layout Standard
27289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27292 \begin_layout Standard
27306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27309 \begin_layout Standard
27323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27326 \begin_layout Standard
27340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27343 \begin_layout Standard
27357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27360 \begin_layout Standard
27374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27377 \begin_layout Standard
27383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27386 \begin_layout Standard
27392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27395 \begin_layout Standard
27409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27412 \begin_layout Standard
27426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27429 \begin_layout Standard
27443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27446 \begin_layout Standard
27460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27463 \begin_layout Standard
27477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27480 \begin_layout Standard
27495 <row topline="true">
27496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27499 \begin_layout Standard
27514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27517 \begin_layout Standard
27523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27526 \begin_layout Standard
27532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27535 \begin_layout Standard
27549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27552 \begin_layout Standard
27566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27569 \begin_layout Standard
27583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27586 \begin_layout Standard
27600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27603 \begin_layout Standard
27617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27620 \begin_layout Standard
27634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27637 \begin_layout Standard
27643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27646 \begin_layout Standard
27652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27655 \begin_layout Standard
27661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27664 \begin_layout Standard
27678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27681 \begin_layout Standard
27695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27698 \begin_layout Standard
27712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27715 \begin_layout Standard
27729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27732 \begin_layout Standard
27747 <row topline="true">
27748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27751 \begin_layout Standard
27766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27769 \begin_layout Standard
27775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27778 \begin_layout Standard
27784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27787 \begin_layout Standard
27801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27804 \begin_layout Standard
27818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27821 \begin_layout Standard
27835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27838 \begin_layout Standard
27852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27855 \begin_layout Standard
27869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27872 \begin_layout Standard
27886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27889 \begin_layout Standard
27895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27898 \begin_layout Standard
27904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27907 \begin_layout Standard
27913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27916 \begin_layout Standard
27930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27933 \begin_layout Standard
27947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27950 \begin_layout Standard
27964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27967 \begin_layout Standard
27981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27984 \begin_layout Standard
27999 <row topline="true">
28000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28003 \begin_layout Standard
28018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28021 \begin_layout Standard
28027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28030 \begin_layout Standard
28036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28039 \begin_layout Standard
28053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28056 \begin_layout Standard
28070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28073 \begin_layout Standard
28087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28090 \begin_layout Standard
28104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28107 \begin_layout Standard
28121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28124 \begin_layout Standard
28138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28141 \begin_layout Standard
28147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28150 \begin_layout Standard
28156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28159 \begin_layout Standard
28165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28168 \begin_layout Standard
28182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28185 \begin_layout Standard
28199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28202 \begin_layout Standard
28216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28219 \begin_layout Standard
28233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28236 \begin_layout Standard
28251 <row topline="true">
28252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28255 \begin_layout Standard
28270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28273 \begin_layout Standard
28279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28282 \begin_layout Standard
28288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28291 \begin_layout Standard
28305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28308 \begin_layout Standard
28322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28325 \begin_layout Standard
28339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28342 \begin_layout Standard
28356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28359 \begin_layout Standard
28373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28376 \begin_layout Standard
28390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28393 \begin_layout Standard
28399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28402 \begin_layout Standard
28408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28411 \begin_layout Standard
28425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28428 \begin_layout Standard
28442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28445 \begin_layout Standard
28459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28462 \begin_layout Standard
28476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28479 \begin_layout Standard
28493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28496 \begin_layout Standard
28511 <row topline="true">
28512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28515 \begin_layout Standard
28530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28533 \begin_layout Standard
28539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28542 \begin_layout Standard
28548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28551 \begin_layout Standard
28565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28568 \begin_layout Standard
28582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28585 \begin_layout Standard
28599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28602 \begin_layout Standard
28616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28619 \begin_layout Standard
28633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28636 \begin_layout Standard
28650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28653 \begin_layout Standard
28659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28662 \begin_layout Standard
28668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28671 \begin_layout Standard
28685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28688 \begin_layout Standard
28702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28705 \begin_layout Standard
28719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28722 \begin_layout Standard
28736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28739 \begin_layout Standard
28753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28756 \begin_layout Standard
28771 <row topline="true">
28772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28775 \begin_layout Standard
28790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28793 \begin_layout Standard
28799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28802 \begin_layout Standard
28808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28811 \begin_layout Standard
28825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28828 \begin_layout Standard
28842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28845 \begin_layout Standard
28859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28862 \begin_layout Standard
28876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28879 \begin_layout Standard
28893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28896 \begin_layout Standard
28910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28913 \begin_layout Standard
28919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28922 \begin_layout Standard
28928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28931 \begin_layout Standard
28945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28948 \begin_layout Standard
28962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28965 \begin_layout Standard
28979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28982 \begin_layout Standard
28996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28999 \begin_layout Standard
29013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29016 \begin_layout Standard
29031 <row topline="true">
29032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29035 \begin_layout Standard
29050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29053 \begin_layout Standard
29059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29062 \begin_layout Standard
29068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29071 \begin_layout Standard
29085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29088 \begin_layout Standard
29102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29105 \begin_layout Standard
29119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29122 \begin_layout Standard
29136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29139 \begin_layout Standard
29153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29156 \begin_layout Standard
29170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29173 \begin_layout Standard
29179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29182 \begin_layout Standard
29188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29191 \begin_layout Standard
29205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29208 \begin_layout Standard
29222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29225 \begin_layout Standard
29239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29242 \begin_layout Standard
29256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29259 \begin_layout Standard
29273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29276 \begin_layout Standard
29291 <row topline="true">
29292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29295 \begin_layout Standard
29310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29313 \begin_layout Standard
29319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29322 \begin_layout Standard
29328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29331 \begin_layout Standard
29345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29348 \begin_layout Standard
29362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29365 \begin_layout Standard
29379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29382 \begin_layout Standard
29396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29399 \begin_layout Standard
29413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29416 \begin_layout Standard
29430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29433 \begin_layout Standard
29439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29442 \begin_layout Standard
29448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29451 \begin_layout Standard
29465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29468 \begin_layout Standard
29482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29485 \begin_layout Standard
29499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29502 \begin_layout Standard
29516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29519 \begin_layout Standard
29533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29536 \begin_layout Standard
29551 <row topline="true">
29552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29555 \begin_layout Standard
29570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29573 \begin_layout Standard
29579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29582 \begin_layout Standard
29588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29591 \begin_layout Standard
29605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29608 \begin_layout Standard
29622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29625 \begin_layout Standard
29639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29642 \begin_layout Standard
29658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29661 \begin_layout Standard
29675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29678 \begin_layout Standard
29692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29695 \begin_layout Standard
29701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29704 \begin_layout Standard
29710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29713 \begin_layout Standard
29727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29730 \begin_layout Standard
29744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29747 \begin_layout Standard
29761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29764 \begin_layout Standard
29778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29781 \begin_layout Standard
29795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29798 \begin_layout Standard
29813 <row topline="true">
29814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29817 \begin_layout Standard
29832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29835 \begin_layout Standard
29841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29844 \begin_layout Standard
29850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29853 \begin_layout Standard
29867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29870 \begin_layout Standard
29884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29887 \begin_layout Standard
29901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29904 \begin_layout Standard
29918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29921 \begin_layout Standard
29935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29938 \begin_layout Standard
29952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29955 \begin_layout Standard
29961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29964 \begin_layout Standard
29970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29973 \begin_layout Standard
29979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29982 \begin_layout Standard
29996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29999 \begin_layout Standard
30013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30016 \begin_layout Standard
30030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30033 \begin_layout Standard
30047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30050 \begin_layout Standard
30065 <row topline="true">
30066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30069 \begin_layout Standard
30084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30087 \begin_layout Standard
30093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30096 \begin_layout Standard
30102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30105 \begin_layout Standard
30119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30122 \begin_layout Standard
30136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30139 \begin_layout Standard
30153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30156 \begin_layout Standard
30170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30173 \begin_layout Standard
30187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30190 \begin_layout Standard
30204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30207 \begin_layout Standard
30213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30216 \begin_layout Standard
30222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30225 \begin_layout Standard
30239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30242 \begin_layout Standard
30256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30259 \begin_layout Standard
30273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30276 \begin_layout Standard
30290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30293 \begin_layout Standard
30307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30310 \begin_layout Standard
30325 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
30326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30329 \begin_layout Standard
30344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30347 \begin_layout Standard
30353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30356 \begin_layout Standard
30362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30365 \begin_layout Standard
30379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30382 \begin_layout Standard
30396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30399 \begin_layout Standard
30413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30416 \begin_layout Standard
30430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30433 \begin_layout Standard
30447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30450 \begin_layout Standard
30456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30459 \begin_layout Standard
30465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30468 \begin_layout Standard
30474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30477 \begin_layout Standard
30491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30494 \begin_layout Standard
30508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30511 \begin_layout Standard
30525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30528 \begin_layout Standard
30542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30545 \begin_layout Standard
30559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30562 \begin_layout Standard
30589 \begin_layout Standard
30590 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
30592 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
30593 also the characters from
30605 \begin_layout Itemize
30614 \begin_layout Standard
30615 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
30620 \begin_layout Standard
30621 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
30626 \begin_layout Standard
30627 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
30632 \begin_layout Standard
30633 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
30638 \begin_layout Standard
30644 \begin_layout Standard
30650 \begin_layout Standard
30657 \begin_layout Itemize
30670 \begin_layout Standard
30676 \begin_layout Standard
30682 \begin_layout Standard
30688 \begin_layout Standard
30694 \begin_layout Standard
30700 \begin_layout Standard
30707 \begin_layout Standard
30708 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
30709 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
30710 Also make sure you're using the
30717 \begin_layout Chapter
30720 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30721 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
30728 \begin_layout Standard
30729 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
30730 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
30731 inside the user's guide.
30734 \begin_layout Section
30736 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30744 \begin_layout Standard
30749 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
30750 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
30753 \begin_layout Subsection
30757 \begin_layout Standard
30758 Creates a new document.
30761 \begin_layout Subsection
30765 \begin_layout Standard
30766 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
30767 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
30768 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
30771 \begin_layout Subsection
30775 \begin_layout Standard
30779 \begin_layout Subsection
30783 \begin_layout Standard
30784 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
30785 Click there on a file to open it.
30788 \begin_layout Subsection
30792 \begin_layout Standard
30793 Closes the current document.
30796 \begin_layout Subsection
30800 \begin_layout Standard
30801 Saves the actual document.
30804 \begin_layout Subsection
30808 \begin_layout Standard
30809 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
30812 \begin_layout Subsection
30816 \begin_layout Standard
30817 Reloads the actual document from disk.
30820 \begin_layout Subsection
30824 \begin_layout Standard
30825 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
30826 It is described in the section
30828 Version Control in LyX
30832 Extended\InsetSpace ~
30838 \begin_layout Subsection
30842 \begin_layout Standard
30843 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
30844 text files (ASCII-files).
30845 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
30848 \begin_layout Standard
30849 When using the menu
30852 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
30855 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
30856 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
30857 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
30858 will start a new paragraph.
30861 \begin_layout Subsection
30863 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30871 \begin_layout Standard
30872 You can export your document to various file formats.
30873 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
30874 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
30875 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
30878 \begin_layout Standard
30879 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
30880 section\InsetSpace ~
30882 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30883 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
30890 \begin_layout Description
30896 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
30897 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
30900 \begin_layout Description
30908 \begin_layout Description
30909 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
30913 \begin_layout Description
30916 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
30921 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
30929 \begin_layout Description
30936 \begin_layout Standard
30946 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
30947 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
30951 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
30954 \begin_layout Description
30961 \begin_layout Standard
30971 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
30972 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
30980 \begin_layout Description
30982 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
30983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30990 is replaced by the version number)
30993 \begin_layout Description
30994 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
31007 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
31011 \begin_layout Description
31016 PDF-format using the program
31021 \begin_layout Description
31027 PDF-format using the program
31032 \begin_layout Description
31038 PDF-format using the program
31043 \begin_layout Description
31052 \begin_layout Description
31059 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
31060 and then exported as text using the program
31065 \begin_layout Description
31070 PostScript format using the program
31075 \begin_layout Description
31083 \begin_layout Standard
31088 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
31089 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
31095 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
31098 \begin_layout Standard
31099 If one of the menu entries
31112 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31113 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31115 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31116 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31121 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31122 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31129 \begin_layout Standard
31134 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
31135 the export program.
31138 \begin_layout Subsection
31142 \begin_layout Standard
31143 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
31144 or send it to a printer.
31145 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
31146 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
31152 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
31154 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31155 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
31162 \begin_layout Subsection
31163 New and Close Window
31166 \begin_layout Standard
31167 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
31168 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
31171 \begin_layout Section
31173 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31181 \begin_layout Subsection
31185 \begin_layout Standard
31186 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31188 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31189 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
31196 \begin_layout Subsection
31197 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
31200 \begin_layout Standard
31201 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31203 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31204 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31211 \begin_layout Subsection
31215 \begin_layout Standard
31216 Selects the whole document.
31219 \begin_layout Subsection
31223 \begin_layout Standard
31224 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31226 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31227 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31234 \begin_layout Subsection
31235 Move paragraph Up/Down
31238 \begin_layout Standard
31239 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
31243 \begin_layout Subsection
31247 \begin_layout Standard
31248 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31250 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31251 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
31258 \begin_layout Subsection
31260 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31261 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
31268 \begin_layout Standard
31269 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
31271 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
31274 \begin_layout Standard
31275 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
31276 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
31279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31290 \begin_layout Subsection
31294 \begin_layout Standard
31295 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
31296 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
31297 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31299 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31300 reference "sec:Tables"
31304 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31306 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31307 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31314 \begin_layout Subsection
31315 Increase / Decrease List Depth
31318 \begin_layout Standard
31319 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
31321 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31323 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31324 reference "sec:Nesting"
31329 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31330 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
31337 \begin_layout Section
31339 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31347 \begin_layout Standard
31352 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
31353 document with an external program.
31354 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
31355 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
31356 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
31358 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31359 reference "sub:Export"
31364 You should at least see the menu entries
31374 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31375 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31377 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31378 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31383 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31384 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31391 \begin_layout Standard
31392 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
31393 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
31395 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31396 reference "sec:File-Formats"
31401 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
31404 \begin_layout Standard
31405 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31408 At the bottom of the
31412 menu the opened documents are listed.
31415 \begin_layout Subsection
31419 \begin_layout Standard
31420 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
31421 in section\InsetSpace ~
31423 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31424 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31431 \begin_layout Subsection
31435 \begin_layout Standard
31436 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
31437 opening a new view window.
31440 \begin_layout Subsection
31442 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31443 name "sub:Toolbars"
31448 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31456 \begin_layout Standard
31457 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
31458 All toolbars and the
31460 Command\InsetSpace ~
31463 can be turned on and off.
31468 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
31486 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
31490 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
31497 \begin_layout Standard
31502 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
31506 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
31507 or when a certain feature is enabled.
31508 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
31509 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
31510 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
31513 \begin_layout Standard
31514 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31516 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31517 reference "sec:Toolbars"
31524 \begin_layout Section
31526 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31527 name "Menu ! Insert"
31534 \begin_layout Subsection
31538 \begin_layout Standard
31539 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31541 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31542 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31549 \begin_layout Subsection
31551 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31552 name "sub:Special-Character"
31559 \begin_layout Standard
31560 Here you can insert the following characters:
31563 \begin_layout Description
31564 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
31568 \begin_layout Description
31571 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31573 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31574 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
31581 \begin_layout Description
31582 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
31583 Quote Inserts this quote:
31584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31587 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
31589 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31599 \begin_layout Description
31600 Single\InsetSpace ~
31601 Quote Inserts this quote:
31602 \begin_inset Quotes els
31608 \begin_layout Description
31610 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31614 \begin_layout Description
31615 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
31617 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31618 name "Phonetic symbols"
31623 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31624 name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
31628 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
31629 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
31630 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
31635 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31636 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
31642 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
31646 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
31653 and this Wiki-page:
31656 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
31657 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
31664 \begin_layout Subsection
31668 \begin_layout Standard
31669 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
31672 \begin_layout Description
31673 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
31674 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
31680 \begin_layout Description
31681 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
31682 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
31688 \begin_layout Description
31689 Protected\InsetSpace ~
31690 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31692 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31693 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
31700 \begin_layout Description
31701 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
31702 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31704 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31705 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
31712 \begin_layout Description
31714 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31716 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31717 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
31724 \begin_layout Description
31725 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31726 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
31728 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31729 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
31736 \begin_layout Description
31737 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31738 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
31740 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31741 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
31748 \begin_layout Description
31749 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
31750 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
31752 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31753 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
31760 \begin_layout Description
31761 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
31762 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
31764 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31765 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
31772 \begin_layout Description
31773 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
31774 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
31776 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31777 reference "sub:Ligatures"
31784 \begin_layout Description
31786 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
31788 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31789 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
31796 \begin_layout Description
31798 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31800 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31801 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
31808 \begin_layout Description
31810 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31812 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31813 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31820 \begin_layout Description
31822 Double\InsetSpace ~
31823 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31825 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31826 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31833 \begin_layout Subsection
31837 \begin_layout Standard
31838 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
31839 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
31840 in section\InsetSpace ~
31842 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31843 reference "sec:toc"
31848 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31850 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31851 reference "sec:Index"
31855 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
31857 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31858 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31862 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
31864 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31865 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
31872 \begin_layout Subsection
31876 \begin_layout Standard
31877 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31879 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31880 reference "sec:Floats"
31887 \begin_layout Subsection
31891 \begin_layout Standard
31892 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31894 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31895 reference "sec:Notes"
31902 \begin_layout Subsection
31906 \begin_layout Standard
31907 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31909 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31910 reference "sec:Branches"
31917 \begin_layout Subsection
31919 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31920 name "External Material"
31927 \begin_layout Standard
31928 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
31929 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
31940 \begin_layout Subsection
31942 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31950 \begin_layout Standard
31951 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
31953 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31954 reference "sec:Minipages"
31959 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
31970 \begin_layout Subsection
31974 \begin_layout Standard
31975 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31977 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31978 reference "sec:Bibliography"
31985 \begin_layout Subsection
31989 \begin_layout Standard
31990 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31992 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31993 reference "sec:Cross-References"
32000 \begin_layout Subsection
32004 \begin_layout Standard
32005 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32007 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32008 reference "sec:Cross-References"
32015 \begin_layout Subsection
32017 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32023 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32024 name "Longtables ! Caption"
32031 \begin_layout Standard
32032 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
32033 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32035 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32036 reference "sec:Floats"
32040 , cations in longtables are described in section
32051 \begin_layout Subsection
32055 \begin_layout Standard
32056 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32058 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32059 reference "sec:Index"
32066 \begin_layout Subsection
32070 \begin_layout Standard
32071 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32073 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32074 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
32081 \begin_layout Subsection
32085 \begin_layout Standard
32087 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32089 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32090 reference "sec:Tables"
32097 \begin_layout Subsection
32101 \begin_layout Standard
32103 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32105 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32106 reference "sec:Graphics"
32113 \begin_layout Subsection
32117 \begin_layout Standard
32118 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32120 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32121 reference "sec:URL"
32128 \begin_layout Subsection
32132 \begin_layout Standard
32133 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
32135 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32136 reference "sec:Footnotes"
32143 \begin_layout Subsection
32147 \begin_layout Standard
32148 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
32150 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32151 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
32158 \begin_layout Subsection
32162 \begin_layout Standard
32163 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
32165 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32166 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
32173 \begin_layout Subsection
32177 \begin_layout Standard
32178 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
32180 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32181 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
32188 \begin_layout Subsection
32190 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32191 name "Program listings"
32198 \begin_layout Standard
32199 Inserts a program listings box.
32200 Program listings are explained in chapter
32202 Program Code Listings
32211 \begin_layout Subsection
32215 \begin_layout Standard
32216 Inserts the actual date.
32217 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
32219 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
32229 There the different methods are also compared.
32232 \begin_layout Section
32234 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32235 name "Menu ! Navigate"
32242 \begin_layout Standard
32243 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
32244 the current document.
32245 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
32248 \begin_layout Standard
32249 The Navigate menu also offers to
32252 \begin_layout Subsection
32256 \begin_layout Standard
32257 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
32258 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
32260 between section\InsetSpace ~
32262 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
32263 2.5 and use the menu
32267 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32271 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
32275 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32279 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
32291 \begin_layout Standard
32292 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
32293 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
32296 \begin_layout Subsection
32297 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
32300 \begin_layout Standard
32301 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
32305 \begin_layout Subsection
32309 \begin_layout Standard
32310 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
32311 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
32312 on a cross-reference box.
32315 \begin_layout Section
32317 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32318 name "Menu ! Document"
32325 \begin_layout Subsection
32329 \begin_layout Standard
32330 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32332 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32333 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
32340 \begin_layout Subsection
32345 \begin_layout Standard
32355 \begin_layout Standard
32356 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
32358 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
32361 \begin_layout Standard
32362 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
32367 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
32370 \begin_layout Subsection
32374 \begin_layout Standard
32375 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32377 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32378 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
32385 \begin_layout Subsection
32386 Start Appendix Here
32389 \begin_layout Standard
32390 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
32391 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32393 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32394 reference "sec:Appendices"
32401 \begin_layout Subsection
32405 \begin_layout Standard
32406 Un/compresses the actual document.
32409 \begin_layout Subsection
32411 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32412 name "sub:Settings"
32417 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32418 name "Document ! Settings"
32425 \begin_layout Standard
32426 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
32428 You can save your document settings as default with the
32430 Save as Document Defaults
32432 button in the dialog.
32433 This will create a template named
32437 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
32441 \begin_layout Standard
32442 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
32445 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32449 \begin_layout Standard
32450 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
32451 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32453 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32454 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
32459 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
32464 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
32465 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
32468 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32472 \begin_layout Standard
32473 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32475 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32476 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
32483 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32487 \begin_layout Standard
32488 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
32490 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
32494 \begin_layout Standard
32495 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
32496 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
32497 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
32500 \begin_layout Standard
32501 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
32509 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32513 \begin_layout Standard
32514 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32516 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32517 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
32522 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32523 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
32530 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32534 \begin_layout Standard
32535 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
32537 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32538 reference "sub:Margins"
32545 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32547 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32548 name "Language ! Encoding"
32555 \begin_layout Standard
32556 The document language and quote styles are set here.
32557 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
32558 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
32559 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
32560 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
32561 known for a particular character).
32565 \begin_layout Standard
32566 The known commands are defined in a text file.
32567 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
32572 manual for details.
32580 \begin_layout Standard
32581 If you use the option
32583 use language's default encoding
32585 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
32587 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
32588 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
32589 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
32590 exactly one encoding.
32591 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
32599 \begin_layout Standard
32600 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
32601 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
32603 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32604 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32617 \begin_layout Standard
32618 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
32619 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
32620 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
32621 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
32622 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
32623 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
32626 use language's default encoding
32628 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
32629 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
32630 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
32633 \begin_layout Standard
32634 Here is a list with the important encodings:
32637 \begin_layout Description
32641 use language's default encoding
32643 , but the LaTeX-package
32648 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32649 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32654 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
32657 \begin_layout Description
32658 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
32661 \begin_layout Description
32662 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
32663 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
32666 \begin_layout Description
32667 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
32670 \begin_layout Description
32671 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
32674 \begin_layout Description
32675 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
32678 \begin_layout Description
32679 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
32682 \begin_layout Description
32683 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
32686 \begin_layout Description
32687 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
32688 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
32691 \begin_layout Description
32692 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
32693 Serbian, and Ukrainian
32696 \begin_layout Description
32697 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
32700 \begin_layout Description
32701 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
32704 \begin_layout Description
32705 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
32708 \begin_layout Description
32709 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
32712 \begin_layout Description
32713 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
32714 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
32715 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
32719 \begin_layout Description
32720 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
32721 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
32724 \begin_layout Description
32725 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
32729 \begin_layout Description
32730 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
32733 \begin_layout Description
32734 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
32735 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
32738 \begin_layout Description
32739 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
32740 the euro currency sign, the
32744 \begin_layout Standard
32753 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
32754 be the replacement for latin1
32757 \begin_layout Description
32758 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
32761 \begin_layout Description
32762 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32767 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32768 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32772 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
32775 \begin_layout Description
32776 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32780 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
32783 \begin_layout Description
32784 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32789 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32790 name "LaTeX-packages ! CJK"
32794 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
32797 \begin_layout Description
32798 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
32802 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
32810 \begin_layout Standard
32811 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32812 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32825 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32829 \begin_layout Standard
32830 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
32831 in section\InsetSpace ~
32833 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32834 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32841 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32845 \begin_layout Standard
32846 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
32849 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32850 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
32861 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32862 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
32867 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
32869 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32870 reference "sec:Bibliography"
32877 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32881 \begin_layout Standard
32882 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
32885 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32886 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
32895 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32896 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
32902 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
32905 \begin_layout Standard
32910 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
32911 assure that you have enabled AMS.
32914 \begin_layout Standard
32919 is used for special integral characters.
32922 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32926 \begin_layout Standard
32927 The float placement options are described in section
32928 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32932 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32933 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
32940 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32944 \begin_layout Standard
32945 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
32946 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32948 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32949 reference "sec:Itemize"
32956 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32960 \begin_layout Standard
32961 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32963 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32964 reference "sec:Branches"
32971 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32976 \begin_layout Standard
32986 \begin_layout Standard
32987 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
32988 to define LaTeX-commands.
32989 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
32990 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
32994 \begin_layout Standard
32995 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32997 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32998 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
33005 \begin_layout Section
33007 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33008 name "Menu ! Tools"
33015 \begin_layout Subsection
33019 \begin_layout Standard
33020 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33022 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33023 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
33030 \begin_layout Subsection
33034 \begin_layout Standard
33035 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33037 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33038 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
33045 \begin_layout Subsection
33047 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33055 \begin_layout Standard
33056 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
33060 \begin_layout Subsection
33065 \begin_layout Standard
33073 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33074 name "TeX Information"
33081 \begin_layout Standard
33082 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
33085 \begin_layout Subsection
33087 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33088 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
33093 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33094 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
33101 \begin_layout Standard
33102 This menu reconfigures LyX.
33103 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
33105 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33106 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
33113 \begin_layout Subsection
33117 \begin_layout Standard
33118 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
33119 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
33123 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33124 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
33131 \begin_layout Section
33133 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33141 \begin_layout Standard
33142 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
33146 \begin_layout Standard
33152 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
33153 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
33155 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33156 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
33163 \begin_layout Section
33165 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
33166 name "sec:Toolbars"
33173 \begin_layout Standard
33174 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33176 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33177 reference "sub:Toolbars"
33184 \begin_layout Standard
33185 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
33186 This is described in the
33194 \begin_layout Subsection
33196 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33197 name "Toolbar ! Standard"
33204 \begin_layout Standard
33205 \begin_inset Graphics
33206 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
33214 \begin_layout Standard
33215 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33221 \begin_layout Standard
33222 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33227 \begin_layout Standard
33239 \begin_inset Note Note
33242 \begin_layout Standard
33243 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
33248 manual for more information.
33256 \begin_layout Standard
33257 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33263 \begin_layout Standard
33264 \begin_inset Tabular
33265 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
33266 <features islongtable="true">
33267 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33268 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33273 \begin_layout Standard
33274 \begin_inset Graphics
33275 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Standard
33289 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
33302 \begin_layout Standard
33303 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
33309 \begin_layout Standard
33311 \begin_inset Tabular
33312 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
33313 <features islongtable="true">
33314 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33315 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33316 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Standard
33323 \begin_inset Graphics
33324 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
33325 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33337 \begin_layout Standard
33340 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33351 \begin_layout Standard
33352 \begin_inset Graphics
33353 filename ../images/file-open.png
33354 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33366 \begin_layout Standard
33369 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33376 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33380 \begin_layout Standard
33381 \begin_inset Graphics
33382 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
33383 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33395 \begin_layout Standard
33398 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33405 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33409 \begin_layout Standard
33410 \begin_inset Graphics
33411 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
33412 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
33421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33424 \begin_layout Standard
33427 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33438 \begin_layout Standard
33439 \begin_inset Graphics
33440 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
33441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33453 \begin_layout Standard
33456 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33463 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33467 \begin_layout Standard
33468 \begin_inset Graphics
33469 filename ../images/undo.png
33470 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33482 \begin_layout Standard
33485 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33492 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33496 \begin_layout Standard
33497 \begin_inset Graphics
33498 filename ../images/redo.png
33499 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33511 \begin_layout Standard
33514 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33525 \begin_layout Standard
33526 \begin_inset Graphics
33527 filename ../images/cut.png
33528 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33540 \begin_layout Standard
33543 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33550 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33554 \begin_layout Standard
33555 \begin_inset Graphics
33556 filename ../images/copy.png
33557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33569 \begin_layout Standard
33572 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33579 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33583 \begin_layout Standard
33584 \begin_inset Graphics
33585 filename ../images/paste.png
33586 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33598 \begin_layout Standard
33601 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33612 \begin_layout Standard
33613 \begin_inset Graphics
33614 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
33615 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33616 rotateOrigin center
33625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33628 \begin_layout Standard
33631 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33632 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33633 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33644 \begin_layout Standard
33645 \begin_inset Graphics
33646 filename ../images/font-emph.png
33647 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Standard
33660 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
33662 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33672 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33676 \begin_layout Standard
33677 \begin_inset Graphics
33678 filename ../images/font-noun.png
33679 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33691 \begin_layout Standard
33692 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
33694 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33704 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Standard
33709 \begin_inset Graphics
33710 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
33711 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33723 \begin_layout Standard
33724 Formats text using the current settings in the
33726 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33736 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33740 \begin_layout Standard
33741 \begin_inset Graphics
33742 filename ../images/math-mode.png
33743 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33755 \begin_layout Standard
33758 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33759 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33760 Inline\InsetSpace ~
33767 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33771 \begin_layout Standard
33772 \begin_inset Graphics
33773 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
33774 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33775 rotateOrigin center
33784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33787 \begin_layout Standard
33790 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33797 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33801 \begin_layout Standard
33802 \begin_inset Graphics
33803 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
33804 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33805 rotateOrigin center
33814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33817 \begin_layout Standard
33820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33827 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33831 \begin_layout Standard
33832 \begin_inset Graphics
33833 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
33834 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33835 rotateOrigin center
33844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33847 \begin_layout Standard
33848 Toggle outline window on/off,
33850 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33857 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33861 \begin_layout Standard
33862 \begin_inset Graphics
33863 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
33864 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33865 rotateOrigin center
33874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33877 \begin_layout Standard
33878 Toggle math toolbar on/off
33884 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33888 \begin_layout Standard
33889 \begin_inset Graphics
33890 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
33891 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33892 rotateOrigin center
33901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33904 \begin_layout Standard
33905 Toggle table toolbar on/off
33918 \begin_layout Subsection
33920 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33921 name "Toolbar ! Extra"
33928 \begin_layout Standard
33929 \begin_inset Graphics
33930 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
33938 \begin_layout Standard
33939 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33945 \begin_layout Standard
33946 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33950 \begin_layout Standard
33951 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33957 \begin_layout Standard
33958 \begin_inset Tabular
33959 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
33960 <features islongtable="true">
33961 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33962 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33967 \begin_layout Standard
33968 \begin_inset Graphics
33969 filename ../images/layout.png
33970 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33971 rotateOrigin center
33980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33983 \begin_layout Standard
33990 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33994 \begin_layout Standard
33995 \begin_inset Graphics
33996 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
33997 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33998 rotateOrigin center
34007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34010 \begin_layout Standard
34017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34021 \begin_layout Standard
34022 \begin_inset Graphics
34023 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
34024 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34025 rotateOrigin center
34034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34037 \begin_layout Standard
34044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34048 \begin_layout Standard
34049 \begin_inset Graphics
34050 filename ../images/layout_List.png
34051 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34052 rotateOrigin center
34061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34064 \begin_layout Standard
34071 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34075 \begin_layout Standard
34076 \begin_inset Graphics
34077 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
34078 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34079 rotateOrigin center
34088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34091 \begin_layout Standard
34098 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34102 \begin_layout Standard
34103 \begin_inset Graphics
34104 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
34105 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34106 rotateOrigin center
34115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34118 \begin_layout Standard
34121 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34122 Increase\InsetSpace ~
34130 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34134 \begin_layout Standard
34135 \begin_inset Graphics
34136 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
34137 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34138 rotateOrigin center
34147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34150 \begin_layout Standard
34153 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34154 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
34162 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34166 \begin_layout Standard
34167 \begin_inset Graphics
34168 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
34169 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34181 \begin_layout Standard
34184 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34185 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34192 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34196 \begin_layout Standard
34197 \begin_inset Graphics
34198 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
34199 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34211 \begin_layout Standard
34214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34215 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34222 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34226 \begin_layout Standard
34227 \begin_inset Graphics
34228 filename ../images/label-insert.png
34229 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34241 \begin_layout Standard
34244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34251 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34255 \begin_layout Standard
34256 \begin_inset Graphics
34257 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
34258 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34270 \begin_layout Standard
34273 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34280 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34284 \begin_layout Standard
34285 \begin_inset Graphics
34286 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
34287 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34299 \begin_layout Standard
34302 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34309 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34313 \begin_layout Standard
34314 \begin_inset Graphics
34315 filename ../images/index-insert.png
34316 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34328 \begin_layout Standard
34331 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34339 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34343 \begin_layout Standard
34344 \begin_inset Graphics
34345 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
34346 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34358 \begin_layout Standard
34361 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34362 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
34369 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34373 \begin_layout Standard
34374 \begin_inset Graphics
34375 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
34376 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34388 \begin_layout Standard
34391 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34398 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34402 \begin_layout Standard
34403 \begin_inset Graphics
34404 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
34405 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34406 rotateOrigin center
34415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34418 \begin_layout Standard
34421 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34422 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
34429 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34433 \begin_layout Standard
34434 \begin_inset Graphics
34435 filename ../images/note-insert.png
34436 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34448 \begin_layout Standard
34451 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34452 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34460 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34464 \begin_layout Standard
34465 \begin_inset Graphics
34466 filename ../images/url-insert.png
34467 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34479 \begin_layout Standard
34482 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34489 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34493 \begin_layout Standard
34494 \begin_inset Graphics
34495 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
34496 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34508 \begin_layout Standard
34511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34518 \begin_layout Standard
34533 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34537 \begin_layout Standard
34538 \begin_inset Graphics
34539 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
34540 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34552 \begin_layout Standard
34555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34556 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34564 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34568 \begin_layout Standard
34569 \begin_inset Graphics
34570 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
34571 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34572 rotateOrigin center
34581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34584 \begin_layout Standard
34587 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34595 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34599 \begin_layout Standard
34600 \begin_inset Graphics
34601 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
34602 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34603 rotateOrigin center
34612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34615 \begin_layout Standard
34618 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34619 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
34626 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34630 \begin_layout Standard
34631 \begin_inset Graphics
34632 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
34633 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34634 rotateOrigin center
34643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34646 \begin_layout Standard
34649 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34663 \begin_layout Subsection
34664 View / Update Toolbar
34665 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34666 name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
34673 \begin_layout Standard
34674 \begin_inset Graphics
34675 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
34682 \begin_layout Standard
34683 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34689 \begin_layout Standard
34690 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
34694 \begin_layout Standard
34695 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34701 \begin_layout Standard
34702 \begin_inset Tabular
34703 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
34704 <features islongtable="true">
34705 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34706 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34707 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34711 \begin_layout Standard
34712 \begin_inset Graphics
34713 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
34714 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34715 rotateOrigin center
34724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34727 \begin_layout Standard
34730 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34737 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34741 \begin_layout Standard
34742 \begin_inset Graphics
34743 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
34744 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34745 rotateOrigin center
34754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34757 \begin_layout Standard
34760 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34761 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34768 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34772 \begin_layout Standard
34773 \begin_inset Graphics
34774 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
34775 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34776 rotateOrigin center
34785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34788 \begin_layout Standard
34791 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34802 \begin_layout Standard
34803 \begin_inset Graphics
34804 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
34805 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34806 rotateOrigin center
34815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34818 \begin_layout Standard
34821 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34822 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34827 \begin_layout Standard
34828 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
34829 functionality is merged with
34831 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34846 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34850 \begin_layout Standard
34851 \begin_inset Graphics
34852 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
34853 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34854 rotateOrigin center
34863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34866 \begin_layout Standard
34869 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34880 \begin_layout Standard
34881 \begin_inset Graphics
34882 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
34883 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34884 rotateOrigin center
34893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34896 \begin_layout Standard
34899 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34900 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34914 \begin_layout Subsection
34918 \begin_layout Standard
34919 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34921 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34922 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
34926 , the table toolbar
34927 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34928 name "Toolbar ! Table"
34932 is explained in the
34939 \begin_layout Chapter
34945 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34946 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
34951 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34959 \begin_layout Standard
34960 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34962 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
34965 \begin_layout Section
34969 \begin_layout Subsection
34971 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34977 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34978 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
34983 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34984 name "Customization ! of menus"
34991 \begin_layout Standard
34992 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34995 \begin_layout Standard
35000 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
35008 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35009 User Interface File
35010 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35011 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
35016 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35017 name "Customization ! of menus"
35024 \begin_layout Standard
35025 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
35026 interface (ui) file.
35027 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
35028 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
35037 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
35038 files and edit the entries.
35041 \begin_layout Standard
35042 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
35054 entries must be ended with an explicit
35079 and in the case of the
35080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35092 The syntax for the entries is:
35095 \begin_layout Standard
35096 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35124 \begin_layout Standard
35126 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35129 All LyX-functions are listed in
35130 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35138 \begin_layout Standard
35139 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
35145 \begin_layout Standard
35146 An example: Assuming you use the menu
35148 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35151 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
35155 \begin_layout Standard
35156 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35161 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
35164 \begin_layout Standard
35166 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35169 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
35172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35174 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35182 \begin_layout Standard
35183 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
35184 Several binding files are available:
35187 \begin_layout Description
35188 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
35191 \begin_layout Description
35192 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
35203 \begin_layout Description
35204 mac.bind set of bindings for
35206 Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35212 \begin_layout Standard
35213 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
35217 , and bind files for special languages.
35218 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
35220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35228 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
35232 \begin_layout Standard
35233 Some bind-files, like
35237 , have only a small scope.
35238 When looking at the the end of the file
35242 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
35245 \begin_layout Standard
35246 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
35247 s with a text editor.
35248 The syntax of the entries is:
35251 \begin_layout Standard
35257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35275 \begin_layout Standard
35276 All LyX-functions are listed in
35277 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35285 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35289 \begin_layout Standard
35292 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35293 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35294 restore window size, or use fixed size
35296 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
35300 \begin_layout Standard
35303 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35304 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35305 restore window position
35307 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
35310 \begin_layout Standard
35313 Restore cursor positions
35315 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
35319 \begin_layout Standard
35322 Load opened files from last session
35324 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
35327 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35329 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35330 name "sub:Backup documents"
35335 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35336 name "Backup ! Documents"
35343 \begin_layout Standard
35348 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
35351 \begin_layout Standard
35356 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
35359 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35366 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35370 \begin_layout Standard
35373 Cursor follows scrollbar
35375 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
35379 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35383 \begin_layout Standard
35386 Enable Pixmap Cache
35388 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
35389 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
35390 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
35391 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
35393 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac\InsetSpace ~
35398 \begin_layout Subsection
35400 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35401 name "Font ! Screen"
35406 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35407 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35414 \begin_layout Standard
35415 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
35418 \begin_layout Standard
35419 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35422 \begin_layout Standard
35427 This section only deals with the fonts
35432 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
35435 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35446 \begin_layout Standard
35447 By default, LyX uses
35451 as roman (serif) font,
35459 (depends on the system) as
35475 \begin_layout Standard
35476 You can change the font size with the
35483 \begin_layout Standard
35488 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
35489 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
35490 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35491 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35492 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
35494 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35495 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
35502 \begin_layout Standard
35507 are the same as if a document font size of 10
35508 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
35512 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
35514 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35515 reference "sub:Document-Font"
35522 \begin_layout Subsection
35524 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35525 name "Color ! LyX screen"
35530 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35531 name "Settings ! Color"
35538 \begin_layout Standard
35539 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
35540 Choose an item in the list and use the
35547 \begin_layout Subsection
35549 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35550 name "Settings ! Graphics"
35557 \begin_layout Standard
35558 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
35561 \begin_layout Standard
35566 enables previewing snippets of your document.
35567 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
35569 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35570 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35577 \begin_layout Subsection
35579 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35580 name "Keyboard Map"
35585 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35586 name "Settings ! Keyboard Map"
35591 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35592 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
35599 \begin_layout Standard
35600 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
35601 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
35602 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35604 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
35605 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
35612 \begin_layout Standard
35613 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35616 \begin_layout Standard
35621 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
35629 \begin_layout Section
35631 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35637 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35638 name "Settings ! Directory"
35645 \begin_layout Description
35646 Working\InsetSpace ~
35647 directory This is LyX's working directory.
35648 It is the default when you
35664 \begin_layout Description
35665 Document\InsetSpace ~
35666 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
35668 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35676 \begin_layout Description
35677 Backup\InsetSpace ~
35679 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35680 name "Backup ! Directory"
35684 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
35685 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
35687 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35688 reference "sub:Backup documents"
35696 will be used to save the backups.
35698 The backup files have the ending
35699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35709 \begin_layout Description
35714 \begin_layout Standard
35721 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
35722 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
35725 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35728 \begin_layout Standard
35733 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
35741 \begin_layout Description
35742 Temporary\InsetSpace ~
35743 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
35746 \begin_layout Description
35748 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
35749 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
35750 to find it on the system.
35751 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
35752 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
35753 On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35754 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35755 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
35756 are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
35761 \begin_layout Section
35765 \begin_layout Standard
35766 Here you can insert your name and email address.
35767 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
35768 in section\InsetSpace ~
35770 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35771 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35775 , to mark changes you make as yours.
35778 \begin_layout Section
35780 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35781 name "Language ! Settings"
35786 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35787 name "Settings ! Language"
35794 \begin_layout Subsection
35798 \begin_layout Description
35799 Default\InsetSpace ~
35800 language is the language used in new documents
35803 \begin_layout Description
35804 Language\InsetSpace ~
35805 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
35807 The default is the LaTeX-command
35813 that loads the package
35821 \begin_layout Standard
35822 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
35824 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35825 reference "sec:ERT"
35840 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
35841 the document language.
35842 A text label is for instance the word
35843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35850 at the beginning of every table-caption.
35853 \begin_layout Description
35854 Command\InsetSpace ~
35855 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
35856 document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
35857 An example is the start command
35863 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
35868 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35882 selectlanguage{$$lang}
35887 \begin_layout Description
35888 Command\InsetSpace ~
35894 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
35895 command toggles the package on and off.
35898 \begin_layout Description
35907 \begin_layout Description
35908 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
35909 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
35910 used by all LaTeX-packages.
35911 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
35918 \begin_layout Description
35920 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen
35922 When this option is not set, the
35924 Command\InsetSpace ~
35927 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
35928 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
35930 Command\InsetSpace ~
35936 \begin_layout Description
35944 When it is not set, the
35946 Command\InsetSpace ~
35949 is set to the end of the document.
35952 \begin_layout Description
35954 foreign\InsetSpace ~
35955 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
35956 the document language will be underlined blue.
35959 \begin_layout Description
35963 language\InsetSpace ~
35964 support Enables the use of languages, written from right
35965 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
35968 \begin_layout Subsection
35972 \begin_layout Standard
35973 The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
35975 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35976 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
35983 \begin_layout Section
35987 \begin_layout Subsection
35989 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35995 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36001 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36002 name "Settings ! Printer"
36009 \begin_layout Description
36010 Default\InsetSpace ~
36011 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
36012 The name will be used when the
36019 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
36022 \begin_layout Standard
36027 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
36036 \begin_layout Description
36038 output\InsetSpace ~
36040 printer This option works only for the
36045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36057 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
36058 This is an option only for dvips experts.
36061 \begin_layout Description
36062 Printer\InsetSpace ~
36063 command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36064 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36065 LaTeX uses for printing.
36066 The default is on most systems
36073 \begin_layout Description
36074 Printer\InsetSpace ~
36075 Command\InsetSpace ~
36076 Options Here you can specify printer options.
36077 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
36078 of the program that provides the
36085 \begin_layout Subsection
36087 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36093 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36094 name "Settings ! Date format"
36101 \begin_layout Standard
36102 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
36105 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36106 target "http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date"
36112 For example the format
36116 prints the date as day/month/year.
36119 \begin_layout Subsection
36123 \begin_layout Description
36124 Output\InsetSpace ~
36126 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
36127 when using the menu
36129 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36130 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36135 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
36139 \begin_layout Description
36141 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
36146 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
36147 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
36150 \begin_layout Subsection
36155 \begin_layout Standard
36163 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36164 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
36169 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36170 name "Settings ! LaTeX"
36177 \begin_layout Description
36182 \begin_layout Standard
36190 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
36195 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
36217 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
36218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36230 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
36231 LyX sets up in the background.
36232 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
36235 \begin_layout Description
36236 Default\InsetSpace ~
36238 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
36243 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
36246 \begin_layout Description
36249 options\InsetSpace ~
36251 document\InsetSpace ~
36252 classes\InsetSpace ~
36253 changes Removes all manually set document
36254 class options in the
36256 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36259 dialog when changing the document class.
36262 \begin_layout Standard
36265 External Applications
36267 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
36268 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
36269 manuals of the applications.
36270 Currently the following commands can be set:
36273 \begin_layout Description
36278 \begin_layout Standard
36286 command Command for the program
36290 that is described in section
36301 \begin_layout Description
36306 \begin_layout Standard
36314 command Command for the program
36318 that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
36320 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36321 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36328 \begin_layout Description
36330 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
36332 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36333 reference "sub:Index-Program"
36340 \begin_layout Description
36342 viewer\InsetSpace ~
36345 options They only have an effect when the program
36349 is used as DVI-viewer.
36352 \begin_layout Subsection
36354 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36360 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36361 name "Settings ! Paths"
36368 \begin_layout Standard
36373 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
36376 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
36378 uses the Windows path style:
36381 \begin_layout Standard
36389 \begin_layout Standard
36390 instead of the Unix path style:
36393 \begin_layout Standard
36397 \begin_layout Section
36399 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36407 \begin_layout Standard
36408 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
36409 from one format to another.
36410 You can modify them or create new ones.
36411 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
36425 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
36431 drop-down list, modify the
36435 field, and press the
36442 \begin_layout Standard
36445 Converter File Cache
36447 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
36450 Maximum Age (in days
36453 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
36454 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
36457 \begin_layout Standard
36458 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
36459 the converter definition, is described in section
36470 \begin_layout Section
36472 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36473 name "File formats"
36478 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36479 name "sec:File-Formats"
36486 \begin_layout Standard
36487 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
36488 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
36490 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
36507 \begin_layout Standard
36508 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
36509 is described in section
36520 \begin_layout Section
36522 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36530 \begin_layout Standard
36531 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
36532 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
36533 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
36534 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
36535 This is done by a Copier.
36538 \begin_layout Standard
36539 More about converters is described in section
36550 \begin_layout Chapter
36551 Units available in LyX
36552 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36558 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36559 name "cha:Units-available-in"
36566 \begin_layout Standard
36567 To understand the units described in this documentation,
36568 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36569 reference "cap:Units"
36573 explains all units available in LyX.
36576 \begin_layout Standard
36577 \begin_inset Float table
36583 \begin_layout Standard
36584 \begin_inset Caption
36586 \begin_layout Standard
36587 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36600 \begin_layout Standard
36601 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
36607 \begin_layout Standard
36609 \begin_inset Tabular
36610 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
36613 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
36614 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36618 \begin_layout Standard
36624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36627 \begin_layout Standard
36634 <row topline="true">
36635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36638 \begin_layout Standard
36644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36647 \begin_layout Standard
36654 <row topline="true">
36655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36658 \begin_layout Standard
36664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36667 \begin_layout Standard
36674 <row topline="true">
36675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36678 \begin_layout Standard
36684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36687 \begin_layout Standard
36694 <row topline="true">
36695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36698 \begin_layout Standard
36704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36707 \begin_layout Standard
36708 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36709 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36716 <row topline="true">
36717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36720 \begin_layout Standard
36726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36729 \begin_layout Standard
36730 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36731 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36738 <row topline="true">
36739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36742 \begin_layout Standard
36748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36751 \begin_layout Standard
36752 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36753 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36760 <row topline="true">
36761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36764 \begin_layout Standard
36770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36773 \begin_layout Standard
36774 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36775 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36782 <row topline="true">
36783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36786 \begin_layout Standard
36792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36795 \begin_layout Standard
36796 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36798 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
36801 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36808 <row topline="true">
36809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36812 \begin_layout Standard
36818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36821 \begin_layout Standard
36822 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36823 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36830 <row topline="true">
36831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36834 \begin_layout Standard
36840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36843 \begin_layout Standard
36844 % of original image width
36850 <row topline="true">
36851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36854 \begin_layout Standard
36860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36863 \begin_layout Standard
36870 <row topline="true">
36871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36874 \begin_layout Standard
36880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36883 \begin_layout Standard
36890 <row topline="true">
36891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36894 \begin_layout Standard
36900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36903 \begin_layout Standard
36910 <row topline="true">
36911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36914 \begin_layout Standard
36920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36923 \begin_layout Standard
36930 <row topline="true">
36931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36934 \begin_layout Standard
36940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36943 \begin_layout Standard
36950 <row topline="true">
36951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36954 \begin_layout Standard
36960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36963 \begin_layout Standard
36970 <row topline="true">
36971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36974 \begin_layout Standard
36980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36983 \begin_layout Standard
36994 <row topline="true">
36995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36998 \begin_layout Standard
37004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37007 \begin_layout Standard
37018 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
37019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37022 \begin_layout Standard
37028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37031 \begin_layout Standard
37032 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37033 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37052 \begin_layout Chapter
37054 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
37062 \begin_layout Standard
37063 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
37064 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
37067 \begin_layout Itemize
37070 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
37073 \begin_layout Itemize
37079 \begin_layout Itemize
37085 \begin_layout Itemize
37091 \begin_layout Itemize
37097 \begin_layout Itemize
37103 \begin_layout Itemize
37109 \begin_layout Itemize
37115 \begin_layout Itemize
37118 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
37121 \begin_layout Itemize
37127 \begin_layout Itemize
37133 \begin_layout Itemize
37139 \begin_layout Itemize
37145 \begin_layout Itemize
37151 \begin_layout Itemize
37157 \begin_layout Itemize
37163 \begin_layout Itemize
37169 \begin_layout Itemize
37171 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
37179 \begin_layout Standard
37182 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
37189 \begin_layout Bibliography
37190 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37200 \begin_layout Standard
37204 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
37213 \begin_layout Standard
37221 \begin_inset Note Note
37224 \begin_layout Standard
37231 is explained in the
37236 It creates a hyperlink.
37244 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37245 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
37252 \begin_layout Bibliography
37253 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37254 key "latexcompanion"
37258 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
37260 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
37263 Addison-Wesley, 2004
37266 \begin_layout Bibliography
37267 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37272 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
37275 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
37278 Addison-Wesley, 2003
37281 \begin_layout Bibliography
37282 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37289 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
37292 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
37295 \begin_layout Bibliography
37296 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37308 Addison-Wesley, 1984
37311 \begin_layout Bibliography
37312 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37320 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37321 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
37328 \begin_layout Bibliography
37329 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37335 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37336 name "The LaTeX FAQ:"
37337 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
37344 \begin_layout Bibliography
37345 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37354 \begin_layout Standard
37358 href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
37367 \begin_layout Standard
37381 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37382 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
37389 \begin_layout Bibliography
37390 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37399 \begin_layout Standard
37403 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
37412 \begin_layout Standard
37419 of the LaTeX-package
37424 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37425 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
37432 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37433 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
37440 \begin_layout Bibliography
37441 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37450 \begin_layout Standard
37454 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
37464 \begin_layout Standard
37471 of the LaTeX-package
37476 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37477 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
37484 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37485 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
37492 \begin_layout Bibliography
37493 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37502 \begin_layout Standard
37506 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
37516 \begin_layout Standard
37523 of the LaTeX-package
37528 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37529 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
37536 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37537 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf"
37544 \begin_layout Bibliography
37545 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37554 \begin_layout Standard
37558 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
37567 \begin_layout Standard
37574 of the LaTeX-package
37579 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37580 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
37587 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37588 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
37595 \begin_layout Bibliography
37596 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37605 \begin_layout Standard
37609 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
37618 \begin_layout Standard
37625 of the LaTeX-package
37630 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37631 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
37638 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37639 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
37646 \begin_layout Bibliography
37647 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37656 \begin_layout Standard
37660 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
37669 \begin_layout Standard
37676 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
37679 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37680 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
37687 \begin_layout Bibliography
37688 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37697 \begin_layout Standard
37701 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
37710 \begin_layout Standard
37717 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
37720 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37721 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
37728 \begin_layout Bibliography
37729 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37738 \begin_layout Standard
37742 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
37751 \begin_layout Standard
37758 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
37761 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37762 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
37769 \begin_layout Bibliography
37770 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37779 \begin_layout Standard
37783 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
37792 \begin_layout Standard
37799 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
37802 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37803 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
37810 \begin_layout Bibliography
37811 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37820 \begin_layout Standard
37824 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
37833 \begin_layout Standard
37840 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
37843 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37844 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
37851 \begin_layout Bibliography
37852 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37861 \begin_layout Standard
37865 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList}{
37874 \begin_layout Standard
37881 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
37884 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37885 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
37892 \begin_layout Standard
37899 \begin_layout Standard
37910 \begin_layout Standard
37926 \begin_inset Note Note
37929 \begin_layout Standard
37936 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
37937 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
37938 bibliography is the second one:
37946 \begin_layout Standard
37947 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
37948 options "biblio/alphadin"
37949 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
37956 \begin_layout Standard
37957 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
37960 \begin_layout Standard
37963 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
37968 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex